-
21 KO
1) Разговорное выражение: нокаут, нокаутировать2) Спорт: Kick Out3) Военный термин: Kills Others, King's Own4) Техника: kicked-off, klystron oscillator5) Сокращение: Korean, knockout, kickoff (relay), Coca-Cola Company (символ акций), Kelly Ordnance (ammunition headstamp -.50 Caliber), Keystone Oaks (средняя школа в Пенсильвании), Knight Online (MMORPG), kemetic orthodoxy, kick off, kilo octet, knight officer, knowledge object, knowledge officer7) Нефть: kicked off, knocked out, отсепарированный (о газе; knock-out), резко изменивший направление (о стволе скважины, kicked-off)8) Транспорт: Key Offroad9) Бурение: kicked off (deviated)10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: knockout (as in KO drum)11) Сахалин Р: Knock Out12) Химическое оружие: Contracting Officer13) Имена и фамилии: Kelsey Osburn14) Чат: Kiss Off15) NYSE. Coca Cola Company -
22 Ko
1) Разговорное выражение: нокаут, нокаутировать2) Спорт: Kick Out3) Военный термин: Kills Others, King's Own4) Техника: kicked-off, klystron oscillator5) Сокращение: Korean, knockout, kickoff (relay), Coca-Cola Company (символ акций), Kelly Ordnance (ammunition headstamp -.50 Caliber), Keystone Oaks (средняя школа в Пенсильвании), Knight Online (MMORPG), kemetic orthodoxy, kick off, kilo octet, knight officer, knowledge object, knowledge officer7) Нефть: kicked off, knocked out, отсепарированный (о газе; knock-out), резко изменивший направление (о стволе скважины, kicked-off)8) Транспорт: Key Offroad9) Бурение: kicked off (deviated)10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: knockout (as in KO drum)11) Сахалин Р: Knock Out12) Химическое оружие: Contracting Officer13) Имена и фамилии: Kelsey Osburn14) Чат: Kiss Off15) NYSE. Coca Cola Company -
23 ko
1) Разговорное выражение: нокаут, нокаутировать2) Спорт: Kick Out3) Военный термин: Kills Others, King's Own4) Техника: kicked-off, klystron oscillator5) Сокращение: Korean, knockout, kickoff (relay), Coca-Cola Company (символ акций), Kelly Ordnance (ammunition headstamp -.50 Caliber), Keystone Oaks (средняя школа в Пенсильвании), Knight Online (MMORPG), kemetic orthodoxy, kick off, kilo octet, knight officer, knowledge object, knowledge officer7) Нефть: kicked off, knocked out, отсепарированный (о газе; knock-out), резко изменивший направление (о стволе скважины, kicked-off)8) Транспорт: Key Offroad9) Бурение: kicked off (deviated)10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: knockout (as in KO drum)11) Сахалин Р: Knock Out12) Химическое оружие: Contracting Officer13) Имена и фамилии: Kelsey Osburn14) Чат: Kiss Off15) NYSE. Coca Cola Company -
24 अर्थः _arthḥ
अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.]1 Object, pur- pose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9.-2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213.-3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21.-4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five: रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16.-5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid.-6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62.-7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25.-8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65.-9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition.-1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19.-11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1.-12 Manner, kind, sort.-13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).-14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ).-15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5.-16 N. of a son of धर्म.-17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.).-18 N. of Viṣṇu.-19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2.-2 Force (of a statement or an expres- sion); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication].-21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23.-22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm.-Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7).-अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2.-अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with finan- cial duties, finance minister.-अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2).-अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21.-अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter.-अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning.-2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18.-3 A new matter or circum- stance, new affair.-4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from parti- cular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Ins- tances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especi- ally in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi).-अन्वित a.1 rich, wealthy.-2 significant.-अभिधान a.1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26.-2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.).-अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16.-अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥-आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H.-2 collection of property.-3 conveying of sense; S. D.737.-आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः]1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, im- plication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduc- tion of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has sug- gested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presump- tion of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46.-2 a figure of speech (according to some rhe- toricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते.-उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्.-उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक.-उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा.-उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth.-उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4.-ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money.-कर (-री f.),-कृत a.1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3.-2 useful, advan- tageous.-कर्मन् n.1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्).-2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17.-काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5.-कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21.-काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really).-किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters.-कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter.-2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti.-कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.-कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8.-क्रमः due order or sequ- ence of purpose.-क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्).-गत a.1 based on the sense (as a दोष).-2 devoid of sense.-गतिः understanding the sense.-गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21.-गृहम् A treasury. Hariv.-गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27.-घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extrava- gant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8.-चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya- prakāśa.-चिन्तक a.1 thinking of profit.-2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121.-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D.-जात a.1 full of meaning.-2 wealthy (जातधन).(-तम्) 1 a collection of things.-2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7.-3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6.-4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48.-ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir.-तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94.-2 the real nature or cause of anything.-द a.1 yielding wealth; Dk.41.-2 advantageous, productive of good, useful.-3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19.-4 favour- able, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera.-दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge.-दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155.-दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48.-2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due.-3 finding fault with the meaning.-4 spoiling of another's property.-दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21.-दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg.-दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17-द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7.-नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir.-निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth.-निश्चयः determination, decision.-प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74.-2 an epithet of Kubera.-पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45.-पर, -लुब्ध a.1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous.-2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425.-प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five:-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.)-प्रयोगः 1 usury.-2 administration of the affairs (of a state)-प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13.-˚त्वम् Inplication.-बन्धः 1 arrange- ment of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words.-2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense.-बुद्धि a. selfish.-बोधः indication of the (real) import.-भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property.-भावनम् Delibera- tion over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28).-भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant).-भेदः distinc- tion or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः.-मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2.-2 the whole sense or object.-युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13.-लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26.-लाभः acquisition of wealth.-लोभः avarice.-वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65.-वादः 1 declaration of any purpose.-2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds:- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.)-3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work.-4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1.-विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning.-विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact.-2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम्-विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण).-विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi.-विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7.-विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4.-विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84.-विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense.-विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49.-वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth.-व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters.-शब्दौ Word and sense.-शालिन् a. Wealthy.-शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy).-2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5.-3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1.-शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16.-श्री Great wealth.-संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth.-2 treasury.-संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H.-संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara.-सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72.-समाजः aggregate of causes.-समाहारः 1 treasure.-2 acquisition of wealth.-संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15.-संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168.-संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence.-संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64.-साधक a.1 accomplishing any object.-2 bringing any matter to a conclusion.-सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42.-सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words.-सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21.-हानिः Loss of wealth-हारिन् a. stealing money Ks.-हर a. inheriting wealth.-हीन a.1 deprived of wealth, poor.-2 unmeaning, nonsensical.-3 failing. -
25 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
26 gestión
f.1 step, move, step of a process, gestio.2 negotiation, management, undertaking, action.3 management.* * *1 (Also used in plural with the same meaning) (trámite) step, measure, move■ tengo que realizar varias gestiones, después nos veremos I have a few errands to do, so I'll see you later2 (comercial) administration, management■ la gestión de la empresa corre a cargo del hijo del dueño the owner's son is in charge of managing the company3 (Also used in plural with the same meaning) (negociación) negotiation\gestión de datos data management* * *noun f.1) management2) procedure* * *SF1) (=administración) managementgestión interna — (Inform) housekeeping
2) pl gestiones (=trámites)el gobierno tendrá que hacer las primeras gestiones — the government will have to make the first move
* * *a) ( trámite)hizo or efectuó gestiones para adoptar un niño — he went through the procedure for adopting a child
b) (Com, Fin) managementc) (Adm, Gob) administrationd) gestiones femenino plural ( negociaciones) negotiations (pl)* * *= handling, husbanding, management, manipulation, running, dispensation, stewardship, manning, managing, back office, keeping.Ex. The document can now be returned to the proper department for further handling.Ex. There is nevertheless some scope in some African countries for the exploitation of basic information technologies for such actitivies as the internal husbanding and sharing of decision-making data.Ex. The practice of librarianship requires performance of the same management functions irrespective of position.Ex. Indexing may rely upon the facilities for the manipulation and ordering of data offered by the computer.Ex. The acquisition of these materials is a skilful job demanding the sort of dedication that a housewife brings to the running of her home.Ex. The role of government publications in the provision of information is discussed as well as the new constitutional dispensation which came into being in September 1984 in the Republic of South Africa.Ex. The librarian's professional values include service, commitment to truth-seeking and intellectual freedom and a sense of responsibility ( stewardship of knowledge).Ex. All the things that follow in the chapter are subservient to the inquiry point and its proper manning.Ex. Compiling, updating, managing and editing monolingual and multilingual thesauri without suitable software is extremely complex.Ex. Benefits have been proven in the back office and now many organizations are applying it in customer facing applications.Ex. I am an associate director for collections development, and my responsibilities relate to the getting and keeping of collections = Soy subdirector encargado del desarrollo de la colección y mis responsabilidades están relaconadas con la adquisición y mantenimiento de las colecciones.----* analista de sistemas de gestión bibliotecaria = library systems analyst.* consultoría para la gestión = management consultant.* cursos de gestión de información = management course.* de gestión = back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* director ejecutivo de la gestión del conocimiento = knowledge executive.* economía de gestión = managerial economics.* encargado de la gestión de documentos = record(s) manager.* encargado de la gestión documental = record(s) manager.* equipo de gestión = management team.* escuela de gestión = business school.* estilo de gestión = managerial style, management style.* estrategia de gestión = management strategy, managerial strategy.* estrategia de gestión de la información = information management strategy.* estructura jerárquica de gestión = line management.* estudios de gestión = management science.* gasto de gestión = administration fee.* gastos de gestión = handling fee.* gestión administrativa = housekeeping.* gestión bibliotecaria = library management.* gestión compartida = shared governance.* gestión de aguas = water management.* gestión de archivos = management of records, archive(s) management.* gestión de archivos personales = personal archives management, personal records management.* gestión de bases de datos = database management.* gestión de calidad total = total quality management (TQM).* gestión de casos clínicos = case management.* gestión de crisis = crisis management.* gestión de datos = data handling.* gestión de documentación administrativa = record keeping [recordkeeping], record management [records management], record(s) management, paperwork management.* gestión de documentos = document management, handling of documents, record(s) management, record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión de documentos electrónicos = electronic document management.* gestión de empresas = business management.* gestión de fincas = land management.* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.* gestión de imágenes = imaging, image-handling, image management.* gestión de imágenes de documentos = document image management.* gestión de imágenes digitales = digital imaging, digital image management.* gestión de imágenes electrónicas = electronic image management.* gestión de imágenes por ordenador = computer imaging.* gestión de la biblioteca = library management, library administration.* gestión de la colección = collection management.* gestión de la información = information management, information handling.* gestión de la oferta de productos = range management.* gestión del catálogo = catalogue management.* gestión del comportamiento = behaviour management.* gestión del conocimiento = knowledge management (KM).* gestión del contenido = content management.* gestión del medio ambiente = environmental management.* Gestión de los Recursos de Información (IRM) = Information Resources Management (IRM).* gestión del tiempo = time management.* gestión de objetos = object management.* gestión de oficinas = office management.* gestión de operaciones = operations management.* gestión de personal = personnel management.* gestión de recursos acuáticos = aquatic resource management.* gestión de recursos acuíferos = water resource management.* gestión de recursos hidráulicos = water management.* gestión de recursos humanos = human resource management.* gestión de registros = record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión de soportes = media management.* gestión de terrenos = land management.* gestión de tierras = land management.* gestión diaria de, la = day-to-day running of, the.* gestión documental = information management, record management [records management], record(s) management, record keeping [recordkeeping], record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión económica = economics.* gestión electrónica de documentos = electronic record keeping, electronic record keeping, electronic record management.* gestión entre pares = collegial management.* gestiones = paperwork.* gestión financiera = fiscal management.* gestión mediante proyectos = project management.* gestión participativa = participative management.* gestión por objetivos = management by objectives (MBO).* gestión y conservación de documentos electrónicos = electronic document preservation and management.* grupo de gestión = management team.* herramienta de gestión = management tool, managerial tool.* herramienta para la gestión de la información = information-managing tool.* información de gestión = management data, management information.* jefe de los servicios de gestión del conocimiento = chief knowledge officer (CKO).* Licenciado en Gestión Empresarial = MBA (Master of Business Administration).* mala gestión = mismanagement.* método de gestión = managerial style.* nivel alto de gestión = higher management.* nivel medio de gestión = middle management.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* profesional de la gestión documental = information management professional.* profesional encargado de la gestión de documentos = records professional.* programa de gestión bibliográfica personal = personal bibliographic software.* programa de gestión bibliotecaria = library software package.* programa de gestión de bases de datos = database management software.* programa de gestión de datos = database management software.* Programa de Gestión de Registros y Archivos (RAMP) = Records and Archives Management Programme (RAMP).* programa de gestión documental = information retrieval software.* programa de gestión financiera = cash management package, cash management software.* programa integrado de gestión de bibliotecas = integrated library system (ILS), integrated library management system (ILMS).* programas para la gestión de mapas = map software.* responsabilidad en la gestión = accountability.* responsable de la gestión de documentos = record(s) manager.* responsable de la gestión documental = record(s) manager.* sistema de ayuda a la gestión = management support system (MSS).* sistema de gestión bibliotecaria = library system, library management system.* sistema de gestión de documentos = record(s) system.* sistema de gestión de documentos electrónicos = electronic document management system (EDMS).* sistema de gestión de imágenes = imaging system, image-based system, image management system.* sistema de gestión de la información (SGI) = information management system (IMS).* sistema de gestión del conocimiento = knowledge management system (KMS).* Sistema de Gestión de Mensajes (MHS) = Message Handling System (MHS).* sistema de gestión de registros = record(s) system.* sistema de gestión documental = information retrieval system (IRS), record(s) system.* sistema integrado de gestión bibliotecaria = integrated library package.* sistema para la información de gestión = management information system (MIS).* sistema virtual de gestión de cursos = course management system.* sociedad de gestión de derechos de autor = copyright collective, copyright collecting society, copyright collecting agency.* teoría de la gestión = management theory.* * *a) ( trámite)hizo or efectuó gestiones para adoptar un niño — he went through the procedure for adopting a child
b) (Com, Fin) managementc) (Adm, Gob) administrationd) gestiones femenino plural ( negociaciones) negotiations (pl)* * *= handling, husbanding, management, manipulation, running, dispensation, stewardship, manning, managing, back office, keeping.Ex: The document can now be returned to the proper department for further handling.
Ex: There is nevertheless some scope in some African countries for the exploitation of basic information technologies for such actitivies as the internal husbanding and sharing of decision-making data.Ex: The practice of librarianship requires performance of the same management functions irrespective of position.Ex: Indexing may rely upon the facilities for the manipulation and ordering of data offered by the computer.Ex: The acquisition of these materials is a skilful job demanding the sort of dedication that a housewife brings to the running of her home.Ex: The role of government publications in the provision of information is discussed as well as the new constitutional dispensation which came into being in September 1984 in the Republic of South Africa.Ex: The librarian's professional values include service, commitment to truth-seeking and intellectual freedom and a sense of responsibility ( stewardship of knowledge).Ex: All the things that follow in the chapter are subservient to the inquiry point and its proper manning.Ex: Compiling, updating, managing and editing monolingual and multilingual thesauri without suitable software is extremely complex.Ex: Benefits have been proven in the back office and now many organizations are applying it in customer facing applications.Ex: I am an associate director for collections development, and my responsibilities relate to the getting and keeping of collections = Soy subdirector encargado del desarrollo de la colección y mis responsabilidades están relaconadas con la adquisición y mantenimiento de las colecciones.* analista de sistemas de gestión bibliotecaria = library systems analyst.* consultoría para la gestión = management consultant.* cursos de gestión de información = management course.* de gestión = back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* director ejecutivo de la gestión del conocimiento = knowledge executive.* economía de gestión = managerial economics.* encargado de la gestión de documentos = record(s) manager.* encargado de la gestión documental = record(s) manager.* equipo de gestión = management team.* escuela de gestión = business school.* estilo de gestión = managerial style, management style.* estrategia de gestión = management strategy, managerial strategy.* estrategia de gestión de la información = information management strategy.* estructura jerárquica de gestión = line management.* estudios de gestión = management science.* gasto de gestión = administration fee.* gastos de gestión = handling fee.* gestión administrativa = housekeeping.* gestión bibliotecaria = library management.* gestión compartida = shared governance.* gestión de aguas = water management.* gestión de archivos = management of records, archive(s) management.* gestión de archivos personales = personal archives management, personal records management.* gestión de bases de datos = database management.* gestión de calidad total = total quality management (TQM).* gestión de casos clínicos = case management.* gestión de crisis = crisis management.* gestión de datos = data handling.* gestión de documentación administrativa = record keeping [recordkeeping], record management [records management], record(s) management, paperwork management.* gestión de documentos = document management, handling of documents, record(s) management, record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión de documentos electrónicos = electronic document management.* gestión de empresas = business management.* gestión de fincas = land management.* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.* gestión de imágenes = imaging, image-handling, image management.* gestión de imágenes de documentos = document image management.* gestión de imágenes digitales = digital imaging, digital image management.* gestión de imágenes electrónicas = electronic image management.* gestión de imágenes por ordenador = computer imaging.* gestión de la biblioteca = library management, library administration.* gestión de la colección = collection management.* gestión de la información = information management, information handling.* gestión de la oferta de productos = range management.* gestión del catálogo = catalogue management.* gestión del comportamiento = behaviour management.* gestión del conocimiento = knowledge management (KM).* gestión del contenido = content management.* gestión del medio ambiente = environmental management.* Gestión de los Recursos de Información (IRM) = Information Resources Management (IRM).* gestión del tiempo = time management.* gestión de objetos = object management.* gestión de oficinas = office management.* gestión de operaciones = operations management.* gestión de personal = personnel management.* gestión de recursos acuáticos = aquatic resource management.* gestión de recursos acuíferos = water resource management.* gestión de recursos hidráulicos = water management.* gestión de recursos humanos = human resource management.* gestión de registros = record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión de soportes = media management.* gestión de terrenos = land management.* gestión de tierras = land management.* gestión diaria de, la = day-to-day running of, the.* gestión documental = information management, record management [records management], record(s) management, record keeping [recordkeeping], record keeping [recordkeeping].* gestión económica = economics.* gestión electrónica de documentos = electronic record keeping, electronic record keeping, electronic record management.* gestión entre pares = collegial management.* gestiones = paperwork.* gestión financiera = fiscal management.* gestión mediante proyectos = project management.* gestión participativa = participative management.* gestión por objetivos = management by objectives (MBO).* gestión y conservación de documentos electrónicos = electronic document preservation and management.* grupo de gestión = management team.* herramienta de gestión = management tool, managerial tool.* herramienta para la gestión de la información = information-managing tool.* información de gestión = management data, management information.* jefe de los servicios de gestión del conocimiento = chief knowledge officer (CKO).* Licenciado en Gestión Empresarial = MBA (Master of Business Administration).* mala gestión = mismanagement.* método de gestión = managerial style.* nivel alto de gestión = higher management.* nivel medio de gestión = middle management.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* profesional de la gestión documental = information management professional.* profesional encargado de la gestión de documentos = records professional.* programa de gestión bibliográfica personal = personal bibliographic software.* programa de gestión bibliotecaria = library software package.* programa de gestión de bases de datos = database management software.* programa de gestión de datos = database management software.* Programa de Gestión de Registros y Archivos (RAMP) = Records and Archives Management Programme (RAMP).* programa de gestión documental = information retrieval software.* programa de gestión financiera = cash management package, cash management software.* programa integrado de gestión de bibliotecas = integrated library system (ILS), integrated library management system (ILMS).* programas para la gestión de mapas = map software.* responsabilidad en la gestión = accountability.* responsable de la gestión de documentos = record(s) manager.* responsable de la gestión documental = record(s) manager.* sistema de ayuda a la gestión = management support system (MSS).* sistema de gestión bibliotecaria = library system, library management system.* sistema de gestión de documentos = record(s) system.* sistema de gestión de documentos electrónicos = electronic document management system (EDMS).* sistema de gestión de imágenes = imaging system, image-based system, image management system.* sistema de gestión de la información (SGI) = information management system (IMS).* sistema de gestión del conocimiento = knowledge management system (KMS).* Sistema de Gestión de Mensajes (MHS) = Message Handling System (MHS).* sistema de gestión de registros = record(s) system.* sistema de gestión documental = information retrieval system (IRS), record(s) system.* sistema integrado de gestión bibliotecaria = integrated library package.* sistema para la información de gestión = management information system (MIS).* sistema virtual de gestión de cursos = course management system.* sociedad de gestión de derechos de autor = copyright collective, copyright collecting society, copyright collecting agency.* teoría de la gestión = management theory.* * *1(trámite): la única gestión que había realizado the only step he had takenhizo or efectuó gestiones para adoptar un niño he went through the procedure for adopting a childsu apoyo a las gestiones de paz their support for the peace process o peace moveslas gestiones realizadas por sus compañeros the steps o action taken by his colleagueslas gestiones actualmente en marcha para resolverlo the efforts currently under way to resolve itunas gestiones que tenía que realizar some business that I had to attend toun balance sobre sus dos años de gestión a review of their two-year administration o of their two years in powerCompuestos:portfolio managementrisk managementtime management* * *
gestión sustantivo femenino
hizo gestiones para adoptar un niño he went through the procedure for adopting a child;
su apoyo a las gestiones de paz their support for the peace processb)
gestión sustantivo femenino
1 (de un negocio, empresa) management 2 gestiones, (conjunto de trámites) formalities, steps: están haciendo gestiones para liberarlos, they are working to free him
' gestión' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bloquear
- excusada
- excusado
- recado
- trámite
- transparencia
- transparente
- diligencia
- paso
English:
collapse
- conduct
- course
- financial management
- management
- management accounting
- management consultancy
- management studies
- MBA
- mismanagement
- personnel management
- procedure
- running
- unproductive
- financial
- indictment
* * *gestión nf1. [diligencia]tengo que hacer unas gestiones en el ayuntamiento I have a few things to do at the town hall;las gestiones para obtener un visado the formalities involved in getting a visa;sus gestiones para obtener la beca no dieron fruto his efforts to get a grant were unsuccessful;las gestiones del negociador fracasaron the negotiator's efforts came to nothing;voy a intentar hacer unas gestiones a ver si puedo conseguirlo I'll try and speak to a few people to see if I can manage it;RPno hay peor gestión que la que no se hace there's no harm in trying2. [administración] managementgestión de calidad quality control; Fin gestión de cartera portfolio management; Com gestión de cobro = collection of outstanding payments;gestión de crisis crisis management;gestión de empresas business management;gestión financiera financial management;Com gestión de línea line management; Com gestión de personal personnel management;gestión política [de gobierno, ministro] conduct in government;gestión de recursos resource management;gestión de riesgos risk management;gestión del tiempo time managementgestión de memoria memory management4. [gobierno] administration;tres años de gestión del gobierno socialista three years under the socialist administration* * *f1 management;mala gestión mismanagement, poor management2:hacer gestiones attend to some business* * *1) trámite: procedure, step2) administración: management3) gestiones nfpl: negotiations* * *gestión n (administración) management -
27 basado
adj.based.past part.past participle of spanish verb: basar.* * *----* aprendizaje basado en la memorización = rote learning.* basado en casos prácticos reales = case-based [case based].* basado en criterios = criteria-based.* basado en datos objetivos = informed.* basado en discos ópticos = optical disc based.* basado en el autor = author-based.* basado en el comentario personal = reportage-based.* basado en el conocimiento = knowledge-based.* basado en el desarrollo de destrezas prácticas = competency based.* basado en el empleado = employee-centered.* basado en el estudiante = student-centred.* basado en el hombre = human-centred [human-centered, -USA].* basado en el microordenador = micro-based.* basado en el objeto = artefact-centred [artefact-centered, -USA].* basado en el papel = paper-based.* basado en el rendimiento = performance-based.* basado en el tiempo = time-based.* basado en el trabajo en equipo = team-based.* basado en el usuario = use-based, client-centred [client-centered, -USA].* basado en facetas = facet-based.* basado en fichas = card-based.* basado en ideogramas = ideographic.* basado en imágenes gráficas = graphics-based.* basado en índices = index-based.* basado en Internet = Internet-based.* basado en la adquisición de contenidos teóricos = content based.* basado en la biblioteca = library-based.* basado en la calidad = quality-oriented.* basado en la colección = collection-centred, materials-centred [materials-centered], collection-based.* basado en la evidencia = evidence based [evidence-based].* basado en la evidencia empírica = evidence based [evidence-based].* basado en la información = information-based, information-intensive.* basado en la inteligencia artificial = AI-based.* basado en la lectura = book-centred.* basado en la OCLC = OCLC-based.* basado en la práctica = empirically-based, grounded in practice, practice-based.* basado en la realidad = reality-based.* basado en las disciplinas del conocimiento = discipline-based.* basado en las imágenes = image intensive.* basado en la tecnología = technologically-based, technology-based, technology-centred [technology-centered, -USA].* basado en la teoría = grounded in theory.* basado en la TI = IT-based.* basado en los costes = cost-based [cost based].* basado en los datos = data-driven.* basado en los objetos = object-specific.* basado en los recursos = resource-based.* basado en manualidades = craft-based.* basado en mapas = map-based.* basado en material impreso = print-based.* basado en microfichas = microfiche-based.* basado en OSI = OSI-based.* basado en Pascal = Pascal-based.* basado en película = film-based [film based].* basado en principios = principled.* basado en tablas = table-driven.* basado en tecnología web = Web-based.* basado en un gestor de bases de datos = DBMS-based.* basado en un método empírico = enquiry-based [inquiry-based, -USA].* basado en un método práctico = enquiry-based [inquiry-based, -USA].* basado en ventanas = window-based.* contrato basado en las diferencias de género = gender contract.* economía basada en el conocimiento = knowledge driven economy.* enseñanza basada en los resultados finales = outcome based education.* estudio basado en un cuestionario = questionnaire survey.* método basado en modelos = modelling approach [modeling approach, -USA].* sistema basado en el conocimiento = knowledge-base system.* sistema basado en las imágenes = image-based system.* sociedad basada en el conocimiento = knowledge based society.* tarifa basada en la utilización de un servicio = traffic-based pricing.* * ** aprendizaje basado en la memorización = rote learning.* basado en casos prácticos reales = case-based [case based].* basado en criterios = criteria-based.* basado en datos objetivos = informed.* basado en discos ópticos = optical disc based.* basado en el autor = author-based.* basado en el comentario personal = reportage-based.* basado en el conocimiento = knowledge-based.* basado en el desarrollo de destrezas prácticas = competency based.* basado en el empleado = employee-centered.* basado en el estudiante = student-centred.* basado en el hombre = human-centred [human-centered, -USA].* basado en el microordenador = micro-based.* basado en el objeto = artefact-centred [artefact-centered, -USA].* basado en el papel = paper-based.* basado en el rendimiento = performance-based.* basado en el tiempo = time-based.* basado en el trabajo en equipo = team-based.* basado en el usuario = use-based, client-centred [client-centered, -USA].* basado en facetas = facet-based.* basado en fichas = card-based.* basado en ideogramas = ideographic.* basado en imágenes gráficas = graphics-based.* basado en índices = index-based.* basado en Internet = Internet-based.* basado en la adquisición de contenidos teóricos = content based.* basado en la biblioteca = library-based.* basado en la calidad = quality-oriented.* basado en la colección = collection-centred, materials-centred [materials-centered], collection-based.* basado en la evidencia = evidence based [evidence-based].* basado en la evidencia empírica = evidence based [evidence-based].* basado en la información = information-based, information-intensive.* basado en la inteligencia artificial = AI-based.* basado en la lectura = book-centred.* basado en la OCLC = OCLC-based.* basado en la práctica = empirically-based, grounded in practice, practice-based.* basado en la realidad = reality-based.* basado en las disciplinas del conocimiento = discipline-based.* basado en las imágenes = image intensive.* basado en la tecnología = technologically-based, technology-based, technology-centred [technology-centered, -USA].* basado en la teoría = grounded in theory.* basado en la TI = IT-based.* basado en los costes = cost-based [cost based].* basado en los datos = data-driven.* basado en los objetos = object-specific.* basado en los recursos = resource-based.* basado en manualidades = craft-based.* basado en mapas = map-based.* basado en material impreso = print-based.* basado en microfichas = microfiche-based.* basado en OSI = OSI-based.* basado en Pascal = Pascal-based.* basado en película = film-based [film based].* basado en principios = principled.* basado en tablas = table-driven.* basado en tecnología web = Web-based.* basado en un gestor de bases de datos = DBMS-based.* basado en un método empírico = enquiry-based [inquiry-based, -USA].* basado en un método práctico = enquiry-based [inquiry-based, -USA].* basado en ventanas = window-based.* contrato basado en las diferencias de género = gender contract.* economía basada en el conocimiento = knowledge driven economy.* enseñanza basada en los resultados finales = outcome based education.* estudio basado en un cuestionario = questionnaire survey.* método basado en modelos = modelling approach [modeling approach, -USA].* sistema basado en el conocimiento = knowledge-base system.* sistema basado en las imágenes = image-based system.* sociedad basada en el conocimiento = knowledge based society.* tarifa basada en la utilización de un servicio = traffic-based pricing. -
28 información
f.1 information, word, notice, communication.2 information, data, info, tip-off.3 directory assistance, directory enquiries.4 information desk.5 literature, promotional material.* * *1 (conocimiento) information2 (noticia) piece of news; (conjunto de noticias) news4 (en telefónica) directory enquiries plural, US information\oficina de información information bureau* * *noun f.* * *SF1) (=datos) information; (=oficina) information desk; (Telec) Directory Enquiries, Directory Assistance (EEUU)¿dónde podría obtener más información? — where could I get more information?
si desean más o mayor información — if you require further information
pasaron toda la información a la policía — they passed on all the information o the details to the police
pregunte en información — ask at information o at the information desk
información internacional ¿dígame? — international enquiries, can I help you?
Información — Information, Enquiries
2) (=noticias) newsles daremos más información dentro de unos minutos — we will give you some more information in a few minutes
información deportiva — [en prensa, radio] sports section; [en TV] sports news
información financiera — [en prensa, radio] financial section; [en TV] financial news
3) (Jur) judicial inquiry, investigation4) (Inform) (=datos) data pltratamiento 3)5) (Mil) intelligence* * *1)a) (datos, detalles) informationpara mayor información... — for further information...
b) (Telec) information (AmE), directory enquiries (BrE)2) (Period, Rad, TV) newsinformaciones filtradas a la prensa — information o news leaked to the press
3) (Inf) data (pl)* * *= data [datum, -sing.], datum [data, -pl.], details, information, informativeness, piece of information, info, information coverage, field data, bit of information.Ex. Statistical tabular and numerical abstract are a means of summarising numerical data, which may be presented in its original format in a tabular form.Ex. Thus, having entered the authority datum correctly once, we could be sure that no matter how many bibliographic records used it they would all do so with mechanical consistency.Ex. With minimum authorization, details of the circulation and order records are not displayed.Ex. Thus, the subject approach is extremely important in the access to and the exploitation of information, documents and data.Ex. The informativeness of the index depends upon the information contents of the titles that comprise the index.Ex. On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.Ex. The article is entitled 'CD-ROM reader as info walkman'.Ex. Serious attention should be given to the coordination and improvement of bibliographic control at a national level to avoid duplication of effort and gaps in information coverage.Ex. This paper discusses the technological revolution in field data collection systems for health sciences.Ex. Outside the portacabin there is a board with a few useful bits of information, such as the temperature of the water, visibility, and opening/closing times.----* abuso de información confidencial = insider trading, insider dealing.* abuso de información privilegiada = insider trading, insider dealing.* acceso a la información por el autor = author approach.* acceso a la información por el título = title approach.* acceso a la información por la materia = subject approach to information, subject approach.* actuación relacionada con la información = information action.* ADONIS (Distribución automática de documentos a través de sistemas de inform = ADONIS (Automated Document Delivery Over Networked Information Systems).* agencia de información = information agency.* AGRIS (Sistema Internacional de Información sobre Agricultura) = AGRIS (International Agricultural Information System).* aldea mundial de la información, la = global information village, the.* alfabetización en información = information literacy.* alfabeto en información = information literate [information-literate].* almacenamiento de la información = information storage.* almacenamiento y recuperación automatizada de la información = computerised information retrieval and storage.* almacenamiento y recuperación de la información = information storage and retrieval (ISR).* analfabetismo en información = information illiteracy.* aparato para el uso de la información = information appliance.* aplicaciones para la información = information solutions.* área de información = communications area.* asesor de información = information consultant.* asesoría y oficina de información itinerante en furgón = mobile information and advice van.* Asociación Nacional de Oficinas de Información al Consumidor (NACAB) = National Association of Citizens' Advice Bureaux (NACAB).* ASTINFO (Red Regional para el Intercambio de Información y Experiencias de l = ASTINFO (Regional Network for the Exchange of Information and Experience in Science and Technology in Asia and the Pacific).* atender una petición de información = satisfy + request for information.* auditoría de la información = information audit, information auditing.* auditoría de sistemas de información = information systems auditing, information systems audit.* autopista de la información = information highway.* basado en la información = information-based, information-intensive.* base de datos con información confidencial = intelligence database.* BLAISE (Servicio de Información Automatizada de la Biblioteca Británica) = BLAISE (British Library Automated Information Service).* bloque funcional de información descriptiva = descriptive information block.* broker de información = information broker, broker.* buscador de información = information seeker, searcher.* buscar información = mine + information, seek + information.* búsqueda de información = fact-finding, quest for + information, information seeking.* cadena de la información = information chain, the, information provision chain, the.* campo de información = data field.* capacidad de interpretar información espacial = spatial literacy.* capacidad de interpretar información estadística = statistical literacy.* capacidad de interpretar información gráfica = graphic literacy.* capacidad de manejar la información = information handling.* cargar información = load + information.* centro coordinador de información = clearinghouse [clearing house].* centro de análisis de la información = information analysis centre.* centro de información = information agency, information centre.* Centro de Información al Ciudadano = Public Information Center (PIC).* centro de información ciudadana = community information centre, neighbourhood information centre (NIC).* centro de información laboral = job information centre.* centro de información sectorial = sectoral information centre.* Centro de Información sobre el Ayuntamiento = Kommune Information Centre.* centro especializado de proceso de información = clearinghouse [clearing house].* centro municipal de información = local authority information outlet.* circuito de la información = information chain, the, information provision chain, the.* circulación de la información = flow of information.* comercialización de la información = information brokerage, information broking, information brokering.* Comité Conjunto para Sistemas de Información (JISC) = Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC).* compañía dedicada a la información = information company.* competencias de información = information literacy.* competencias en información = information literacy.* compilador de información = information gatherer.* comportamiento de búsqueda de información = information-seeking behaviour.* compresión de información = data compression.* concienciar a Alguien de la importancia de la información = raise + information awareness.* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].* con información = information-bearing.* con mucha información = populated.* conocimientos básicos de búsqueda, recuperación y organización de la informa = information literacy.* conocimientos en el manejo de la información = info-savvy.* consciente de la importancia de la información = information conscious.* consumo de información = consumption of information.* contener información = carry + information.* contenido de la información = information content.* conversión de información = data conversion.* crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, el = information explosion, the.* CRISP (Recuperación Automatizada de Información sobre Proyectos Científicos) = CRISP (Computer Retrieval of Information on Scientific Projects).* Cumbre Mundial sobre la Sociedad de la Información = World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS).* cursos de gestión de información = management course.* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.* dar información adicional = give + further details.* dar información de = give + details of.* derecho de acceso a la información = right of access to information.* descubrimiento de información en las bases de datos = knowledge discovery in databases (KDD).* destreza en la búsqueda de información en una biblioteca = library research skills.* destrezas relacionadas con el uso de la información = information skills.* destrezas relacionadas con la información = information skills.* difundir información = hand out + information.* difusión de información = information provision, provision of information, dissemination of information.* difusión de la información = information diffusion, information dissemination.* difusión selectiva de la información = SDI (selective dissemination of information).* difusor de información = information disseminator.* dirigir información a = direct + information towards.* disco con información = data diskette, data disk.* dispositivo de entrada de información mediante la voz = voice input device.* distribución de información = content distribution, content delivery.* distribución de información por suscripción = syndication.* distribuidor de información = information provider.* distribuidor de información en línea = host, online host.* dosier de información = topic pack, package of information.* dosiers de información para el público = self-help pack of information.* ecología de la información = information ecology.* economía de la información = information economy.* elaborar información = digest + information.* empresa de servicios de información = information broker, broker, information broking.* empresario de la información = infopreneur.* encargado de la tecnología de la información = information technologist.* encontrar información = dredge up + information.* enseñanza en la búsqueda de información = information instruction.* enviar información a = direct + output.* enviar información de un modo automático = push + information.* envío de información por suscripción = syndication feed.* era de la información = information era.* era de la información, la = information age, the.* escasez de información = information scarcity, information underload.* esfera de la información, la = infosphere, the.* especialista de la información = information specialist.* estrategia de búsqueda de información = information seeking pattern.* estrategia de gestión de la información = information management strategy.* exceso de información = information overload.* explosión de la información, la = information explosion, the.* extracción de información (EI) = information extraction (IE).* falta de información = lack of information.* filtración de información = leakage of information.* fórmula para la medición de la información de Brillouin = Brillouin's information measure.* formulario de recogida de información = data collection form.* fuente de información = information source, information store, source of information, source of data.* fuente de información electrónica = electronic information source.* fuente principal de información = chief source of information.* fuentes de información = information base.* gestionar información = handle + information.* gestión de la información = information management, information handling.* Gestión de los Recursos de Información (IRM) = Information Resources Management (IRM).* gestor de información = information software package.* gestor de la información = information manager, information handler.* guerra de la información = information warfare.* guía de fuentes de información = pathfinder.* hábito de búsqueda de información = information-seeking habit.* hacerse de información = secure + information.* herramienta de recuperación de información = retrieval tool.* herramienta para el uso de la información = information appliance.* herramienta para la gestión de la información = information-managing tool.* hoja con la información básica para Hacer Algo = data sheet [datasheet].* industria de la información electrónica = electronic information industry.* industria de la información en línea, la = online industry, the, online information industry, the.* industria de la información, la = information industry, the.* información adicional = further information, additional information.* información administrativa = management information.* información al consumidor = consumer information, consumer advice, consumer affairs.* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.* información anterior al pedido = preorder information.* información a través de la voz = voice information.* información automatizada = computerised information.* información básica = background information, background note.* información bibliográfica = bibliographic data, bibliographic information.* Información Bibliográfica Automatizada (MARBI) = MARBI (Machine-Readable Bibliographic Information).* información bursátil = share prices.* información catalográfica = cataloguing data.* información científica = scientific information, scholarly information.* información científica y técnica = scientific and technical information (STI).* información clínica = clinical information.* información comerciable = tradeable information.* información comercial = business information.* información como artículo de consumo, la = information commodity.* información como materia prima, la = information commodity.* información complementaria = supplementary information, further information, further details.* información comunitaria = community information.* información confidencial = inside information, confidential information, insider information.* información corporativa = economic intelligence.* información de agencia = syndicated matters.* información de alojamiento = housing information.* información de archivo = archival information.* información de autoridades = authority data, authority information.* información de contacto = contact details, contact information.* información de existencias por bibliotecas = local holdings information.* información de fuente fidedigna = authoritative information.* información de gestión = management data, management information.* información de novedades = press release.* información de ocio = infotainment.* información deportiva = sporting news.* información de precios = price information.* información de precios de productos para el consumo = retail prices.* información de supervivencia = survival information.* información de texto completo = full-text information.* información de última hora = news flash.* información digital = digital information, digital data, digital content.* información documentada = documented information.* información documental = documentary information, document information.* información económica = business news.* información electrónica = electronic content [e-content], electronic information.* información empresarial = business information, company information, industry information.* información en defensa de las minorías = affirmative information.* información en línea = online information.* información en soporte = recorded information.* información en su estado primario = raw information.* información envasada = packaged data.* información errónea = misinformation, dirty data, misstatement [mis-statement], misreporting.* información específica = data element.* información estadística = statistics, statistical data.* información estratégica = strategic information.* información factual = factual information.* información fiable = accurate information.* información geoespacial = geospatial data.* información geográfica = geoinformation.* información gráfica = graphic information.* información gubernamental = government information.* información indígena = indigenous information.* información industrial = industrial information, industry information.* información legal = legal information.* información local = community information, local knowledge.* información no codificada = non-coded information.* información numérica = numeric data.* información obtenida a través de intermediarios = mediated information.* información oficial = official information, public information.* información oficial del municipio = municipal information.* información oral = voice information.* información para hacer pedidos = order information.* Información para la Administración Pública (IPA) = Information for Public Administration (IPA).* información personal = personal information.* información pictórica = pictorial information, pictorial data.* información por defecto = default.* información pormenorizada = step-by-step details.* información por omisión = default.* información práctica = practical information.* información preempaquetada = pre-packaged information.* información primaria = primary information.* información privada = property data, private information.* información privilegiada = insider information, privileged information.* información pública = public information.* información puntual = timely information.* información que permite mejorar la situación social de Alguien = empowering information.* información sanitaria = health information.* información secreta = secret information.* información secreta sobre un adversario = intelligence.* información secundaria = secondary information.* información sobre dietética = dietary information.* información sobre educación = education information.* información sobre el contenido = subject information.* información sobre el tiempo que un determinado producto se anuncia en l = air play data.* información sobre empresas = business intelligence.* información sobre la competencia = business intelligence, competitive intelligence, competitive business intelligence, competitor intelligence.* información sobre la flota pesquera = fleet statistics.* información sobre la materia = subject data.* información sobre localización y existencias = copy-specific holdings and location information.* información sobre nutrición = nutrition information.* información sobre patentes = patent information.* información sobre propiedades inmobiliarias = real estate information.* información sobre química = chemical information.* información sobre salidas profesionales = career(s) information.* información sobre ubicación = location information.* información sobre ubicación y existencias = holdings information, holdings statement.* información sobre ubicación y existencias = holdings and location information.* información sobre una disciplina = discipline-oriented information.* información sobre un producto = product literature.* información sobre viajes = travel information.* información técnica = technical information.* información textual = textual information, text information, text knowledge, textual data, textual matter, textual document.* información transmitida por fibra óptica = fibre optic-based information.* información valiosísima = nugget of information.* información visual = visual information.* información viva = live information.* Infraestructura Mundial para la Información = Global Information Infrastructure (GII).* institución relacionada con la información = information organisation, information institution.* Instituto de Información Científica (ISI) = Institute of Scientific Information (ISI).* intercambiar información = exchange + data.* intercambio de información = information exchange, information interchange.* intercambio electrónico de información = electronic exchange of information.* intermediario de la información = information intermediary, infomediary.* introducir información = provide + input.* jefe de los servicios de información = chief information officer (CIO).* ladrón de información = info-thief.* libertad de información = freedom of information (FOI).* libre circulación de la información = free flow of information.* licencia de acceso a información electrónica = license [licence, -USA], licensing.* lleno de información = populated.* localizar información = track down + information.* más información = further information, further details.* medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.* medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.* mercado de la información = information market place, information market.* metainformación = meta-information.* microalmacenamiento de información = microstorage.* minipaquete de información = mini-pack.* modelo de recuperación de información por coincidencia óptima = best match model.* mostrador de información = information desk, enquiry desk.* mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.* navegar por la red en busca de información = surf for + information.* necesidad de información = information need.* NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).* no revelar información = keep + silent, keep + silence.* no tener información = be undocumented.* objeto de información electrónico = electronic information object.* obtener información = obtain + information, glean + information, gain + information, pick up + information, secure + information.* obtener información de = elicit + information from.* oficina de información = information office, visitor's centre.* Oficina de Información al Ciudadano (CAB) = Citizens' Advice Bureau (CAB).* oficina de información turística = tourism information office.* ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.* operaciones de información = information operations.* orientado hacia la información = information-driven.* PADI (Preservación de Información Digital Australiana) = PADI (Preservation of Australian Digital Information).* PADIS (Sistema de Información para el Desarrollo de Africa) = PADIS (Pan-African Development Information System).* país productor de información científica = science producer.* panel luminoso de información de tráfico = variable road sign.* pantalla de información = frame, screen display.* pantalla de información breve = short information display, short information screen.* pantalla de información completa = full information display, full information screen.* paquete de información = pack, information kit.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* para más información = for further details.* para mayor información sobre = for details of.* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.* pedir información = request + information.* pedir información de = ask for + details of.* pedir información sobre = enquire of [inquire of, -USA].* petición de información de referencia = reference enquiry.* plantilla de recogida de información = data collection form.* pobre en información = info-poor.* pobres en información = information have-nots.* pobres en información, los = information-poor, the.* pobreza de información = information poverty.* política de información = information provision, information strategy, information policy.* política de información nacional = national information policy.* presentar información = submit + information, package + information.* presentar información de varios modos = repackage + information.* procesamiento de información = information processing.* proceso de transferencia de la información = information transfer process.* producto de la información = information commodity.* profesional de la información = information officer, information professional, information worker, info pro.* profesional de las bibliotecas y la información = library and information professional.* profesional de la tecnología de la información = informatics professional.* profesionales de la información, los = information community, the.* profesionales de las bibliotecas y la información, los = library and information profession, the.* promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.* proporcionar información = release + information.* protección de información entre fronteras = transborder data protection.* protección de la información = data protection.* proveedor de información a través de la red = content provider.* punto de información = information kiosk.* que necesita la información = information-dependent.* que transmite información = information-bearing.* recabar información = solicit + information.* recoger información = collect + data, collect + information, gather + information, summon + knowledge, harvest + information.* recogida de información = information gathering.* recopilar información = gather + information, collate + information.* recuperación de información = data retrieval.* recuperación de información de lógica di = fuzzy data retrieval.* recuperación de información de lógica difusa = fuzzy data retrieval.* recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).* recuperación de información (RI) = information retrieval (IR).* recurso de información = information asset.* recursos de información autodidácticos = self help resources.* red de información = data network, information network.* relacionado con la información = information-related.* reorganizar la información = repackage + information.* repleto de información = information packed [information-packed].* responsable de la tecnología de la información = information technologist.* reunir información = pool + information.* revolución de la información, la = information revolution, the.* rico en información = information-rich, info-rich.* ricos en información = information haves.* ricos en información, los = information-rich, the.* sala de información = information lobby.* sector de la información, el = information sector, the, infosphere, the.* servicio de difusión selectiva de la información = SDI service.* servicio de información = information service, information delivery service, information utility.* servicio de información al consumidor = Consumer Advice Centre (CAC), consumer advisory service.* servicio de información ciudadana = community information service.* servicio de información electrónica = electronic information service.* servicio de información en línea = online information service.* servicio de información local = local information service.* servicio de información sectorial = sectoral information service.* servicios de información = Information and Referral services.* servicios de información bibliográfica = bibliographical services.* servicios de información y referencia = I&R services (Information and Referral).* servidor de información = information server.* SIGLE (Sistema de Información sobre Literatura Gris en Europa) = SIGLE (System for Information on Grey Literature in Europe).* sin conservar información sobre las consultas realizadas anteri = stateless.* síndrome de la sobrecarga de información = information fatigue syndrome.* sin información sobre el estado anterior = stateless.* sintetizar información = synthesise + information.* sistema automatizado para la recuperación de información = computerised information retrieval system.* sistema de almacenamiento y recuperación de la información = information storage and retrieval system.* sistema de cobro por la información usada = information metering.* sistema de gestión de la información (SGI) = information management system (IMS).* sistema de información = information system.* Sistema de Información Bibliotecario = LIBRIS.* sistema de información documental = document information system.* sistema de información integrado = integrated information system.* sistema de información sectorial = sectoral information system.* sistema de procesamiento de información = information processing system.* sistema de recuperación de información = IR system.* sistema de recuperación de información por medio de menús = menu-based information retrieval system.* sistema de suministro de información = information supply system.* sistema óptico de información = optical information system.* sistema para información geográfica (SIG) = Geographical Information System (GIS).* sistema para la información de gestión = management information system (MIS).* Sistema para la Información Geográfica (SIG) = Geographic Information System (GIS).* sitio web de información = content site, content Web site.* sobrecarga de información = information overload.* sobreinformación = information overload.* sociedad de la información, la = information society, the.* solicitar información = request + information.* soporte de información = data medium.* soportes de la información = information carrying media.* subtítulo y/o información complementaria sobre el título = other title information.* suministrar información = dispense + information, purvey + information.* suministro de información = information-giving.* superautopista de la información = information superhighway.* tareas relacionadas con la información = information operations.* técnica de recuperación de información por coincidencia óptima = best match technique.* tecnología de envío de información de un modo automático = push technology.* tecnología de la información = informatics, infotech.* tecnología de la información aplicada a la archivística = archival informatics.* tecnología de la información para ciencias de la salud = health informatics.* tecnología de la información para medicina = medical informatics.* tecnología de la información (TI) = information technology (IT).* tecnologías de la información y las comunicaciones = information and communication technologies (ICTs).* técnologo de la información sanitaria = informatician.* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.* tener poca información = be information poor.* teoría de la información = information theory.* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.* trabajo de información y de las bibliotecas = library and information work.* tráfico de información = data traffic.* transferencia de información = information transfer.* transferencia de información entre países = transborder data flow (TBDF).* transferencia electrónica de información = electronic transfer of information.* transmisión de información = information flow, information transmission.* transmisión de información a través de la voz = voice transmission.* transmitir información = convey + information.* tratamiento de la información = information handling.* tratamiento específico de la información = specific approach.* tratar información = handle + information.* trozo de información = tidbit [titbit, -USA].* UAP (Accesibilidad Universal a la Información) = UAP (Universal Availability of Information).* una mina de información = a mine of information.* unidad de información = unit of information, information division, information subdivision.* universo de la información, el = information universe, the.* uso compartido de la información = information sharing.* usuario de la información = information browser.* usuario que busca información = information searcher.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* * *1)a) (datos, detalles) informationpara mayor información... — for further information...
b) (Telec) information (AmE), directory enquiries (BrE)2) (Period, Rad, TV) newsinformaciones filtradas a la prensa — information o news leaked to the press
3) (Inf) data (pl)* * *= data [datum, -sing.], datum [data, -pl.], details, information, informativeness, piece of information, info, information coverage, field data, bit of information.Ex: Statistical tabular and numerical abstract are a means of summarising numerical data, which may be presented in its original format in a tabular form.
Ex: Thus, having entered the authority datum correctly once, we could be sure that no matter how many bibliographic records used it they would all do so with mechanical consistency.Ex: With minimum authorization, details of the circulation and order records are not displayed.Ex: Thus, the subject approach is extremely important in the access to and the exploitation of information, documents and data.Ex: The informativeness of the index depends upon the information contents of the titles that comprise the index.Ex: On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.Ex: The article is entitled 'CD-ROM reader as info walkman'.Ex: Serious attention should be given to the coordination and improvement of bibliographic control at a national level to avoid duplication of effort and gaps in information coverage.Ex: This paper discusses the technological revolution in field data collection systems for health sciences.Ex: Outside the portacabin there is a board with a few useful bits of information, such as the temperature of the water, visibility, and opening/closing times.* abuso de información confidencial = insider trading, insider dealing.* abuso de información privilegiada = insider trading, insider dealing.* acceso a la información por el autor = author approach.* acceso a la información por el título = title approach.* acceso a la información por la materia = subject approach to information, subject approach.* actuación relacionada con la información = information action.* ADONIS (Distribución automática de documentos a través de sistemas de inform = ADONIS (Automated Document Delivery Over Networked Information Systems).* agencia de información = information agency.* AGRIS (Sistema Internacional de Información sobre Agricultura) = AGRIS (International Agricultural Information System).* aldea mundial de la información, la = global information village, the.* alfabetización en información = information literacy.* alfabeto en información = information literate [information-literate].* almacenamiento de la información = information storage.* almacenamiento y recuperación automatizada de la información = computerised information retrieval and storage.* almacenamiento y recuperación de la información = information storage and retrieval (ISR).* analfabetismo en información = information illiteracy.* aparato para el uso de la información = information appliance.* aplicaciones para la información = information solutions.* área de información = communications area.* asesor de información = information consultant.* asesoría y oficina de información itinerante en furgón = mobile information and advice van.* Asociación Nacional de Oficinas de Información al Consumidor (NACAB) = National Association of Citizens' Advice Bureaux (NACAB).* ASTINFO (Red Regional para el Intercambio de Información y Experiencias de l = ASTINFO (Regional Network for the Exchange of Information and Experience in Science and Technology in Asia and the Pacific).* atender una petición de información = satisfy + request for information.* auditoría de la información = information audit, information auditing.* auditoría de sistemas de información = information systems auditing, information systems audit.* autopista de la información = information highway.* basado en la información = information-based, information-intensive.* base de datos con información confidencial = intelligence database.* BLAISE (Servicio de Información Automatizada de la Biblioteca Británica) = BLAISE (British Library Automated Information Service).* bloque funcional de información descriptiva = descriptive information block.* broker de información = information broker, broker.* buscador de información = information seeker, searcher.* buscar información = mine + information, seek + information.* búsqueda de información = fact-finding, quest for + information, information seeking.* cadena de la información = information chain, the, information provision chain, the.* campo de información = data field.* capacidad de interpretar información espacial = spatial literacy.* capacidad de interpretar información estadística = statistical literacy.* capacidad de interpretar información gráfica = graphic literacy.* capacidad de manejar la información = information handling.* cargar información = load + information.* centro coordinador de información = clearinghouse [clearing house].* centro de análisis de la información = information analysis centre.* centro de información = information agency, information centre.* Centro de Información al Ciudadano = Public Information Center (PIC).* centro de información ciudadana = community information centre, neighbourhood information centre (NIC).* centro de información laboral = job information centre.* centro de información sectorial = sectoral information centre.* Centro de Información sobre el Ayuntamiento = Kommune Information Centre.* centro especializado de proceso de información = clearinghouse [clearing house].* centro municipal de información = local authority information outlet.* circuito de la información = information chain, the, information provision chain, the.* circulación de la información = flow of information.* comercialización de la información = information brokerage, information broking, information brokering.* Comité Conjunto para Sistemas de Información (JISC) = Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC).* compañía dedicada a la información = information company.* competencias de información = information literacy.* competencias en información = information literacy.* compilador de información = information gatherer.* comportamiento de búsqueda de información = information-seeking behaviour.* compresión de información = data compression.* concienciar a Alguien de la importancia de la información = raise + information awareness.* con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].* con información = information-bearing.* con mucha información = populated.* conocimientos básicos de búsqueda, recuperación y organización de la informa = information literacy.* conocimientos en el manejo de la información = info-savvy.* consciente de la importancia de la información = information conscious.* consumo de información = consumption of information.* contener información = carry + information.* contenido de la información = information content.* conversión de información = data conversion.* crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, el = information explosion, the.* CRISP (Recuperación Automatizada de Información sobre Proyectos Científicos) = CRISP (Computer Retrieval of Information on Scientific Projects).* Cumbre Mundial sobre la Sociedad de la Información = World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS).* cursos de gestión de información = management course.* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.* dar información adicional = give + further details.* dar información de = give + details of.* derecho de acceso a la información = right of access to information.* descubrimiento de información en las bases de datos = knowledge discovery in databases (KDD).* destreza en la búsqueda de información en una biblioteca = library research skills.* destrezas relacionadas con el uso de la información = information skills.* destrezas relacionadas con la información = information skills.* difundir información = hand out + information.* difusión de información = information provision, provision of information, dissemination of information.* difusión de la información = information diffusion, information dissemination.* difusión selectiva de la información = SDI (selective dissemination of information).* difusor de información = information disseminator.* dirigir información a = direct + information towards.* disco con información = data diskette, data disk.* dispositivo de entrada de información mediante la voz = voice input device.* distribución de información = content distribution, content delivery.* distribución de información por suscripción = syndication.* distribuidor de información = information provider.* distribuidor de información en línea = host, online host.* dosier de información = topic pack, package of information.* dosiers de información para el público = self-help pack of information.* ecología de la información = information ecology.* economía de la información = information economy.* elaborar información = digest + information.* empresa de servicios de información = information broker, broker, information broking.* empresario de la información = infopreneur.* encargado de la tecnología de la información = information technologist.* encontrar información = dredge up + information.* enseñanza en la búsqueda de información = information instruction.* enviar información a = direct + output.* enviar información de un modo automático = push + information.* envío de información por suscripción = syndication feed.* era de la información = information era.* era de la información, la = information age, the.* escasez de información = information scarcity, information underload.* esfera de la información, la = infosphere, the.* especialista de la información = information specialist.* estrategia de búsqueda de información = information seeking pattern.* estrategia de gestión de la información = information management strategy.* exceso de información = information overload.* explosión de la información, la = information explosion, the.* extracción de información (EI) = information extraction (IE).* falta de información = lack of information.* filtración de información = leakage of information.* fórmula para la medición de la información de Brillouin = Brillouin's information measure.* formulario de recogida de información = data collection form.* fuente de información = information source, information store, source of information, source of data.* fuente de información electrónica = electronic information source.* fuente principal de información = chief source of information.* fuentes de información = information base.* gestionar información = handle + information.* gestión de la información = information management, information handling.* Gestión de los Recursos de Información (IRM) = Information Resources Management (IRM).* gestor de información = information software package.* gestor de la información = information manager, information handler.* guerra de la información = information warfare.* guía de fuentes de información = pathfinder.* hábito de búsqueda de información = information-seeking habit.* hacerse de información = secure + information.* herramienta de recuperación de información = retrieval tool.* herramienta para el uso de la información = information appliance.* herramienta para la gestión de la información = information-managing tool.* hoja con la información básica para Hacer Algo = data sheet [datasheet].* industria de la información electrónica = electronic information industry.* industria de la información en línea, la = online industry, the, online information industry, the.* industria de la información, la = information industry, the.* información adicional = further information, additional information.* información administrativa = management information.* información al consumidor = consumer information, consumer advice, consumer affairs.* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.* información anterior al pedido = preorder information.* información a través de la voz = voice information.* información automatizada = computerised information.* información básica = background information, background note.* información bibliográfica = bibliographic data, bibliographic information.* Información Bibliográfica Automatizada (MARBI) = MARBI (Machine-Readable Bibliographic Information).* información bursátil = share prices.* información catalográfica = cataloguing data.* información científica = scientific information, scholarly information.* información científica y técnica = scientific and technical information (STI).* información clínica = clinical information.* información comerciable = tradeable information.* información comercial = business information.* información como artículo de consumo, la = information commodity.* información como materia prima, la = information commodity.* información complementaria = supplementary information, further information, further details.* información comunitaria = community information.* información confidencial = inside information, confidential information, insider information.* información corporativa = economic intelligence.* información de agencia = syndicated matters.* información de alojamiento = housing information.* información de archivo = archival information.* información de autoridades = authority data, authority information.* información de contacto = contact details, contact information.* información de existencias por bibliotecas = local holdings information.* información de fuente fidedigna = authoritative information.* información de gestión = management data, management information.* información de novedades = press release.* información de ocio = infotainment.* información deportiva = sporting news.* información de precios = price information.* información de precios de productos para el consumo = retail prices.* información de supervivencia = survival information.* información de texto completo = full-text information.* información de última hora = news flash.* información digital = digital information, digital data, digital content.* información documentada = documented information.* información documental = documentary information, document information.* información económica = business news.* información electrónica = electronic content [e-content], electronic information.* información empresarial = business information, company information, industry information.* información en defensa de las minorías = affirmative information.* información en línea = online information.* información en soporte = recorded information.* información en su estado primario = raw information.* información envasada = packaged data.* información errónea = misinformation, dirty data, misstatement [mis-statement], misreporting.* información específica = data element.* información estadística = statistics, statistical data.* información estratégica = strategic information.* información factual = factual information.* información fiable = accurate information.* información geoespacial = geospatial data.* información geográfica = geoinformation.* información gráfica = graphic information.* información gubernamental = government information.* información indígena = indigenous information.* información industrial = industrial information, industry information.* información legal = legal information.* información local = community information, local knowledge.* información no codificada = non-coded information.* información numérica = numeric data.* información obtenida a través de intermediarios = mediated information.* información oficial = official information, public information.* información oficial del municipio = municipal information.* información oral = voice information.* información para hacer pedidos = order information.* Información para la Administración Pública (IPA) = Information for Public Administration (IPA).* información personal = personal information.* información pictórica = pictorial information, pictorial data.* información por defecto = default.* información pormenorizada = step-by-step details.* información por omisión = default.* información práctica = practical information.* información preempaquetada = pre-packaged information.* información primaria = primary information.* información privada = property data, private information.* información privilegiada = insider information, privileged information.* información pública = public information.* información puntual = timely information.* información que permite mejorar la situación social de Alguien = empowering information.* información sanitaria = health information.* información secreta = secret information.* información secreta sobre un adversario = intelligence.* información secundaria = secondary information.* información sobre dietética = dietary information.* información sobre educación = education information.* información sobre el contenido = subject information.* información sobre el tiempo que un determinado producto se anuncia en l = air play data.* información sobre empresas = business intelligence.* información sobre la competencia = business intelligence, competitive intelligence, competitive business intelligence, competitor intelligence.* información sobre la flota pesquera = fleet statistics.* información sobre la materia = subject data.* información sobre localización y existencias = copy-specific holdings and location information.* información sobre nutrición = nutrition information.* información sobre patentes = patent information.* información sobre propiedades inmobiliarias = real estate information.* información sobre química = chemical information.* información sobre salidas profesionales = career(s) information.* información sobre ubicación = location information.* información sobre ubicación y existencias = holdings information, holdings statement.* información sobre ubicación y existencias = holdings and location information.* información sobre una disciplina = discipline-oriented information.* información sobre un producto = product literature.* información sobre viajes = travel information.* información técnica = technical information.* información textual = textual information, text information, text knowledge, textual data, textual matter, textual document.* información transmitida por fibra óptica = fibre optic-based information.* información valiosísima = nugget of information.* información visual = visual information.* información viva = live information.* Infraestructura Mundial para la Información = Global Information Infrastructure (GII).* institución relacionada con la información = information organisation, information institution.* Instituto de Información Científica (ISI) = Institute of Scientific Information (ISI).* intercambiar información = exchange + data.* intercambio de información = information exchange, information interchange.* intercambio electrónico de información = electronic exchange of information.* intermediario de la información = information intermediary, infomediary.* introducir información = provide + input.* jefe de los servicios de información = chief information officer (CIO).* ladrón de información = info-thief.* libertad de información = freedom of information (FOI).* libre circulación de la información = free flow of information.* licencia de acceso a información electrónica = license [licence, -USA], licensing.* lleno de información = populated.* localizar información = track down + information.* más información = further information, further details.* medios de microalmacenamiento de la información = microstorage media.* medios digitalizados de almacenamiento de información = digitised media.* mercado de la información = information market place, information market.* metainformación = meta-information.* microalmacenamiento de información = microstorage.* minipaquete de información = mini-pack.* modelo de recuperación de información por coincidencia óptima = best match model.* mostrador de información = information desk, enquiry desk.* mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.* navegar por la red en busca de información = surf for + information.* necesidad de información = information need.* NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).* no revelar información = keep + silent, keep + silence.* no tener información = be undocumented.* objeto de información electrónico = electronic information object.* obtener información = obtain + information, glean + information, gain + information, pick up + information, secure + information.* obtener información de = elicit + information from.* oficina de información = information office, visitor's centre.* Oficina de Información al Ciudadano (CAB) = Citizens' Advice Bureau (CAB).* oficina de información turística = tourism information office.* ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.* operaciones de información = information operations.* orientado hacia la información = information-driven.* PADI (Preservación de Información Digital Australiana) = PADI (Preservation of Australian Digital Information).* PADIS (Sistema de Información para el Desarrollo de Africa) = PADIS (Pan-African Development Information System).* país productor de información científica = science producer.* panel luminoso de información de tráfico = variable road sign.* pantalla de información = frame, screen display.* pantalla de información breve = short information display, short information screen.* pantalla de información completa = full information display, full information screen.* paquete de información = pack, information kit.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* para más información = for further details.* para mayor información sobre = for details of.* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.* pedir información = request + information.* pedir información de = ask for + details of.* pedir información sobre = enquire of [inquire of, -USA].* petición de información de referencia = reference enquiry.* plantilla de recogida de información = data collection form.* pobre en información = info-poor.* pobres en información = information have-nots.* pobres en información, los = information-poor, the.* pobreza de información = information poverty.* política de información = information provision, information strategy, information policy.* política de información nacional = national information policy.* presentar información = submit + information, package + information.* presentar información de varios modos = repackage + information.* procesamiento de información = information processing.* proceso de transferencia de la información = information transfer process.* producto de la información = information commodity.* profesional de la información = information officer, information professional, information worker, info pro.* profesional de las bibliotecas y la información = library and information professional.* profesional de la tecnología de la información = informatics professional.* profesionales de la información, los = information community, the.* profesionales de las bibliotecas y la información, los = library and information profession, the.* promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.* proporcionar información = release + information.* protección de información entre fronteras = transborder data protection.* protección de la información = data protection.* proveedor de información a través de la red = content provider.* punto de información = information kiosk.* que necesita la información = information-dependent.* que transmite información = information-bearing.* recabar información = solicit + information.* recoger información = collect + data, collect + information, gather + information, summon + knowledge, harvest + information.* recogida de información = information gathering.* recopilar información = gather + information, collate + information.* recuperación de información = data retrieval.* recuperación de información de lógica di = fuzzy data retrieval.* recuperación de información de lógica difusa = fuzzy data retrieval.* recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).* recuperación de información (RI) = information retrieval (IR).* recurso de información = information asset.* recursos de información autodidácticos = self help resources.* red de información = data network, information network.* relacionado con la información = information-related.* reorganizar la información = repackage + information.* repleto de información = information packed [information-packed].* responsable de la tecnología de la información = information technologist.* reunir información = pool + information.* revolución de la información, la = information revolution, the.* rico en información = information-rich, info-rich.* ricos en información = information haves.* ricos en información, los = information-rich, the.* sala de información = information lobby.* sector de la información, el = information sector, the, infosphere, the.* servicio de difusión selectiva de la información = SDI service.* servicio de información = information service, information delivery service, information utility.* servicio de información al consumidor = Consumer Advice Centre (CAC), consumer advisory service.* servicio de información ciudadana = community information service.* servicio de información electrónica = electronic information service.* servicio de información en línea = online information service.* servicio de información local = local information service.* servicio de información sectorial = sectoral information service.* servicios de información = Information and Referral services.* servicios de información bibliográfica = bibliographical services.* servicios de información y referencia = I&R services (Information and Referral).* servidor de información = information server.* SIGLE (Sistema de Información sobre Literatura Gris en Europa) = SIGLE (System for Information on Grey Literature in Europe).* sin conservar información sobre las consultas realizadas anteri = stateless.* síndrome de la sobrecarga de información = information fatigue syndrome.* sin información sobre el estado anterior = stateless.* sintetizar información = synthesise + information.* sistema automatizado para la recuperación de información = computerised information retrieval system.* sistema de almacenamiento y recuperación de la información = information storage and retrieval system.* sistema de cobro por la información usada = information metering.* sistema de gestión de la información (SGI) = information management system (IMS).* sistema de información = information system.* Sistema de Información Bibliotecario = LIBRIS.* sistema de información documental = document information system.* sistema de información integrado = integrated information system.* sistema de información sectorial = sectoral information system.* sistema de procesamiento de información = information processing system.* sistema de recuperación de información = IR system.* sistema de recuperación de información por medio de menús = menu-based information retrieval system.* sistema de suministro de información = information supply system.* sistema óptico de información = optical information system.* sistema para información geográfica (SIG) = Geographical Information System (GIS).* sistema para la información de gestión = management information system (MIS).* Sistema para la Información Geográfica (SIG) = Geographic Information System (GIS).* sitio web de información = content site, content Web site.* sobrecarga de información = information overload.* sobreinformación = information overload.* sociedad de la información, la = information society, the.* solicitar información = request + information.* soporte de información = data medium.* soportes de la información = information carrying media.* subtítulo y/o información complementaria sobre el título = other title information.* suministrar información = dispense + information, purvey + information.* suministro de información = information-giving.* superautopista de la información = information superhighway.* tareas relacionadas con la información = information operations.* técnica de recuperación de información por coincidencia óptima = best match technique.* tecnología de envío de información de un modo automático = push technology.* tecnología de la información = informatics, infotech.* tecnología de la información aplicada a la archivística = archival informatics.* tecnología de la información para ciencias de la salud = health informatics.* tecnología de la información para medicina = medical informatics.* tecnología de la información (TI) = information technology (IT).* tecnologías de la información y las comunicaciones = information and communication technologies (ICTs).* técnologo de la información sanitaria = informatician.* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.* tener poca información = be information poor.* teoría de la información = information theory.* TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.* trabajo de información y de las bibliotecas = library and information work.* tráfico de información = data traffic.* transferencia de información = information transfer.* transferencia de información entre países = transborder data flow (TBDF).* transferencia electrónica de información = electronic transfer of information.* transmisión de información = information flow, information transmission.* transmisión de información a través de la voz = voice transmission.* transmitir información = convey + information.* tratamiento de la información = information handling.* tratamiento específico de la información = specific approach.* tratar información = handle + information.* trozo de información = tidbit [titbit, -USA].* UAP (Accesibilidad Universal a la Información) = UAP (Universal Availability of Information).* una mina de información = a mine of information.* unidad de información = unit of information, information division, information subdivision.* universo de la información, el = information universe, the.* uso compartido de la información = information sharing.* usuario de la información = information browser.* usuario que busca información = information searcher.* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.* * *A1 (datos, detalles) informationnecesito más información sobre el tema I need more information on the subject, I need to know more about the subjectpara mayor información llamar al siguiente número for further details o information call the following numberpara su información les comunicamos el nuevo horario de apertura ( frml); we are pleased to inform you of our new opening times ( frml)el mostrador de información the information desk3 ( Mil) intelligence, information1 (noticias) newsy ahora pasamos a la información internacional and now for the foreign newsla información que llega de la zona es confusa the news coming out of the area is confused, the reports coming out of the area are confused¿en qué página viene la información cultural? where's the arts page?2 (noticia) news itemcontinuamos con el resto de las informaciones and now here is the rest of the newsinformaciones filtradas a la prensa information o news leaked to the pressC ( Inf) data (pl)* * *
información sustantivo femenino
1
2 (Period, Rad, TV) news;
3 (Inf) data (pl)
información sustantivo femenino
1 information
oficina de información, information bureau
(en un aeropuerto) information desk
2 (de periódico, radio, TV) news sing
3 Tel directory enquiries pl o directory assistance
' información' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acudir
- ciega
- ciego
- confidente
- consulta
- cruzarse
- desinformación
- dorso
- esconder
- fichar
- genética
- genético
- meteorológica
- meteorológico
- mina
- oscuras
- oscuridad
- procesar
- recabar
- recoger
- recogida
- referencia
- registrar
- reservada
- reservado
- retazo
- reunir
- sacacorchos
- sesgada
- sesgado
- sigilo
- solicitar
- sonsacar
- suministrar
- transparencia
- transparente
- venir
- acceso
- actualizar
- adulterar
- autopista
- banco
- callar
- ciencia
- codificar
- comunicar
- confuso
- copioso
- cotejar
- dar
English:
amass
- apply for
- brief
- briefing
- chart
- CIA
- circulate
- classified
- collect
- collection
- credit bureau
- detail
- dig out
- directory assistance
- directory enquiries
- disseminate
- dropout
- enquiry
- erroneous
- extract
- gather
- information
- information desk
- information superhighway
- inquiry
- inside information
- insider
- insider dealing
- insider trading
- intelligence
- interchange
- interested
- keep from
- leak
- material
- media studies
- MIS
- news agency
- operator
- pending
- process
- pump
- quotable
- release
- retain
- scan
- scanty
- send away for
- shall
- source
* * *información nf1. [conocimiento] information;estoy buscando información sobre este autor I'm looking for information on this writer;para tu información for your information;para mayor información, visite nuestra página web for more information visit our website;información confidencial inside information;información privilegiada privileged information2. [noticias] news [singular];[noticia] report, piece of news;hemos recibido informaciones contradictorias sobre el accidente we have received conflicting reports about the accident;ciencias de la información media studiesinformación deportiva sports news;información meteorológica weather report o forecast3. [oficina] information office;(el mostrador de) información the information desk;Sr. López, acuda a información would Mr López please come to the information desk4. [telefónica] Br directory enquiries, US informationinformación horaria Br speaking clock, US (telephone) time-of-day service* * *f1 information;información genética BIO genetic information2 ( noticias) news sg* * *información nf, pl - ciones1) : information2) informe: report, inquiry3) noticias: news* * *1. (en general) information2. (noticias) news3. (recepción) information desk4. (de teléfonos) directory enquiries -
29 use
I [juːs]1) U (act of using) (of substance, object, machine) uso m., impiego m., utilizzo m.; (of word, language) uso m.for use as, in — da essere utilizzato come, in
for the use of — riservato a [customer, staff]
for use by sb. — a uso di qcn.
to make use of sth. — usare o utilizzare qcs., fare uso di qcs.
to make good use of sth., to put sth. to good use — fare buon uso di qcs.
a word in common o general use una parola d'uso corrente; out of o no longer in use [ machine] (broken) guasto, fuori uso; (because obsolete) non più in uso; [word, expression] che non viene più usato, in disuso; worn with use logorato dall'uso; stained with use sporco per l'uso; this machine came into use in the 1950s questa macchina è stata introdotta negli anni '50; the new system comes into use next year — il nuovo sistema entrerà in uso dal prossimo anno
2) С (way of using) (of resource, object, material) utilizzo m., impiego m.; (of term) uso m.to have no further use for sth., sb. — non avere più bisogno di qcs., qcn.
3) U (right to use)to have the use of — avere l'uso di [house, garden, kitchen]; avere il permesso di usare [ car]
with use of — con uso di [ kitchen]
4) U (usefulness)to be of use — essere utile (to a)
to be (of) no use to sb. — [ object] non essere di nessuna utilità per qcn.; [ person] non essere di nessun aiuto a qcn.
oh, what's the use? — oh, tanto a che serve?
II [juːz]it's no use, we'll have to start — niente da fare, dobbiamo cominciare
1) (employ) usare [object, car, room, money, word]; usare, utilizzare [method, tool, technique]; usare, servirsi di [language, metaphor]; sfruttare [ opportunity]; usare, fare ricorso a [blackmail, force]; usare, sfruttare [knowledge, talent, influence]to use sth., sb. as sth. — servirsi di qcs., qcn. come qcs.
to use sth. for sth., to do — usare qcs. per qcs., per fare
use your head! — colloq. usa la testa!
4) (take habitually) fare uso di [ drugs]5) ant. (treat)to use sb. well, ill — trattare bene, male qcn
•- use up* * *I [ju:z] verb1) (to employ (something) for a purpose: What did you use to open the can?; Use your common sense!)2) (to consume: We're using far too much electricity.)•- usable- used
- user
- user-friendly
- user guide
- be used to something
- be used to
- used to II [ju:s]1) (the act of using or state of being used: The use of force to persuade workers to join a strike cannot be justified; This telephone number is for use in emergencies.)2) (the/a purpose for which something may be used: This little knife has plenty of uses; I have no further use for these clothes.)3) ((often in questions or with negatives) value or advantage: Is this coat (of) any use to you?; It's no use offering to help when it's too late.)4) (the power of using: She lost the use of her right arm as a result of the accident.)5) (permission, or the right, to use: They let us have the use of their car while they were away.)•- useful- usefulness
- usefully
- useless
- be in use
- out of use
- come in useful
- have no use for
- it's no use
- make good use of
- make use of
- put to good use
- put to use* * *I [juːs]1) U (act of using) (of substance, object, machine) uso m., impiego m., utilizzo m.; (of word, language) uso m.for use as, in — da essere utilizzato come, in
for the use of — riservato a [customer, staff]
for use by sb. — a uso di qcn.
to make use of sth. — usare o utilizzare qcs., fare uso di qcs.
to make good use of sth., to put sth. to good use — fare buon uso di qcs.
a word in common o general use una parola d'uso corrente; out of o no longer in use [ machine] (broken) guasto, fuori uso; (because obsolete) non più in uso; [word, expression] che non viene più usato, in disuso; worn with use logorato dall'uso; stained with use sporco per l'uso; this machine came into use in the 1950s questa macchina è stata introdotta negli anni '50; the new system comes into use next year — il nuovo sistema entrerà in uso dal prossimo anno
2) С (way of using) (of resource, object, material) utilizzo m., impiego m.; (of term) uso m.to have no further use for sth., sb. — non avere più bisogno di qcs., qcn.
3) U (right to use)to have the use of — avere l'uso di [house, garden, kitchen]; avere il permesso di usare [ car]
with use of — con uso di [ kitchen]
4) U (usefulness)to be of use — essere utile (to a)
to be (of) no use to sb. — [ object] non essere di nessuna utilità per qcn.; [ person] non essere di nessun aiuto a qcn.
oh, what's the use? — oh, tanto a che serve?
II [juːz]it's no use, we'll have to start — niente da fare, dobbiamo cominciare
1) (employ) usare [object, car, room, money, word]; usare, utilizzare [method, tool, technique]; usare, servirsi di [language, metaphor]; sfruttare [ opportunity]; usare, fare ricorso a [blackmail, force]; usare, sfruttare [knowledge, talent, influence]to use sth., sb. as sth. — servirsi di qcs., qcn. come qcs.
to use sth. for sth., to do — usare qcs. per qcs., per fare
use your head! — colloq. usa la testa!
4) (take habitually) fare uso di [ drugs]5) ant. (treat)to use sb. well, ill — trattare bene, male qcn
•- use up -
30 स्व _sva
स्व pron. a.1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य.-2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14.-3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14.-स्वः 1 One's own self.-2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19.-3 The soul.-4 N. of Viṣṇu.-स्वा A woman of one's own caste.-स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v.-2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego.-4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13.-Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy.-अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing.-अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7.-अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty.-अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body.-अधीन a.1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent.-2 independent.-3 one's own subject.-4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq.-अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself.-2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1.-3 the Veda itself.-4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1.-अध्यायिन् m.1 a student of the Vedas.-2 a tradesman.-अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f.1 self-experience.-2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property.-अनुरूप a.1 natural, inborn.-2 worthy of oneself.-अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17.-2 a cavern.-3 one's own death, end.-अर्जित a. self-acquired.-अर्थ a.1 self-interested.-2 having its own or true meaning.-3 having one's own object or aim.-4 pleonastic.(-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15.-2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended).-3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a.1 clever in one's own affairs.-2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object.-आनन्दः delight in one's self.-आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7.-आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken.- आहत a. coined by one's self.-इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma.-उत्थ a. innate.-उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place.-उपधिः a fixed star.-कम्पनः air, wind.-कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45.-कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1.-कर्मिन् a. selfish.-कामिन् a. selfish.-कार्यम् one's own business or interest.-कुलक्षयः a fish.-कृतम् a deed done by one's self.-कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18.-गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical lang- uage).-गृहः a kind of bird.-गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13.-चर a. self-moving.-छन्द a.1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton.-2 spontaneous.-3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, volunta- rily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15.-ज a.1 self-born.-2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16.(-जः) 1 a son or child.-2 sweat, perspiration.-3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood.-जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5.-2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.)-जातिः 1 one's own kind.-2 one's own family or caste.-ज्ञातिः a kinsman.-ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7.-तन्त्र a.1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed.-2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man.-दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36.-देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman.-धर्मः 1 one's own religion.-2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.-3 peculiarity, one's own rights.-निघ्न a. depending on or subservi- ent to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9.-पक्षः 1 one's own side or party.-2 a friend.-3 one's own opinion.-पणः one's own stake.-परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country.-प्रकाश a.1 self-evident.-2 self-luminous.-प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent.-प्रधान a. independent.-प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts.-बीजः the soul.-भटः 1 one's own warrior.-2 bodyguard.-भावः 1 own state.-2 an essential or inherent property, natu- ral constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f.1 spontaneous declara- tion.-2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resem- blance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, sponta- neous, inborn.-भूः m.1 an epithet of Brahman.-2 of Śiva.-3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home.-मनीषा own judgement.-मनीषिका indifference.-मात्रेण ind. by one's self.-युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal.-यूथ्यः a relation.-योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58.-रसः 1 natural taste.-2 proper taste or sentiment in com- position.-3 a kind of astringent juice.-4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.)-राज् a.1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28.-2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m.1 the Supreme Being.-2 one of the seven rays of the sun.-3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2.-4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59.-5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185.-राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty.-2 own kingdom.-राष्ट्रम् own kingdom.-रुचिः one's own pleasure.-रूप a.1 similar, like.-2 handsome, pleasing, lovely.-3 learned, wise.(-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159.-2 natural character or form, true constitution.-3 nature.-4 peculiar aim.-5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v.-लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property.-लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34.-2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16.-बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2.-वश a.1 self-controlled.-2 independent.-वहित a.1 self-impelled.-2 alert, active.-वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house.-विग्रहः one's own body.-विषयः one's own country, home.-वृत्तम् one's own business.-वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions.-संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence.-संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14.-संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self.-संस्था 1 self-abiding.-2 self-possession.-3 ab- sorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13.-स्थ a.1 self-abiding.-2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exer- tions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37.-3 independent.-4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also.-5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly.-स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmen- tation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83.-स्वरूपम् one's true character.-हन्तृ m. suicide.-हरणम् confiscation of property.-हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त.-हस्तिका an axe.-हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare.-हेतुः one's own cause. -
31 use
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. noun━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. nouna. ( = act of using) utilisation f• care is necessary in the use of chemicals il faut prendre des précautions quand on utilise des produits chimiques► for + use• to go out of use tomber en désuétude► to make good use of sth [+ time, money] faire bon usage de qch ; [+ opportunity, facilities] tirer parti de qch• to put sth to good use [+ time, money] faire bon usage de qch ; [+ opportunity, facilities] mettre qch à profitb. ( = way of using) it has many uses cela a de nombreux usagesc. ( = usefulness) utilité f• oh, what's the use? (inf) à quoi bon ?• is this (of) any use to you? est-ce que cela peut vous être utile ?• it's no use, he won't listen (inf) ça ne sert à rien, il ne veut rien entendred. ( = ability to use, access) usage ma. ( = make use of) [+ object, tool] se servir de, utiliser ; [+ force] utiliser ; [+ opportunity] profiter de ; [+ method] employer ; [+ drugs] prendre• are you using this? vous servez-vous de ceci ?• use your eyes! sers-toi de tes yeux !b. ( = use up) utiliser (tout)• have you used all the paint? avez-vous utilisé toute la peinture ?• what did he use to do on Sundays? (inf) qu'est-ce qu'il faisait (d'habitude) le dimanche ?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ Lorsque use est un nom, le se final se prononce s: ju:s, lorsque c'est un verbe, il se prononce z: ju:z, sauf dans les expressions use to ou used to, où se et sed se prononcent s et st: ju:s, ju:st.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► use up [ju:zˈʌp]* * *1. [juːs]1) [U] ( act of using) (of substance, object, machine) emploi m, utilisation f (of de); (of word, expression, language) emploi m, usage m (of de)the use of force — le recours à la force, l'usage de la force
the use of something as/for something — l'emploi or l'utilisation de quelque chose comme/pour quelque chose
for the use of somebody —
for use by somebody — (customer, staff) à l'usage de quelqu'un
to put something to good use —
while the machine is in use — lorsque la machine est en service or en fonctionnement
a word in common ou general use — un mot d'usage courant
out of ou no longer in use — [machine] ( broken) hors service; ( because obsolete) plus utilisé; [word, expression] plus en usage
this machine came into use in the 1950s — cette machine a fait son apparition pendant les années cinquante
2) [C] ( way of using) (of resource, object, material) utilisation f; ( of term) emploi mto have no further use for something/somebody — ne plus avoir besoin de quelque chose/quelqu'un
3) ( right to use)to have the use of — avoir l'usage de [house, car, kitchen]; avoir la jouissance de [garden]
to lose/still have the use of one's legs — perdre/conserver l'usage de ses jambes
with use of — avec usage de [kitchen]
4) ( usefulness)to be of use — être utile (to à)
to be (of) no use — [object] ne servir à rien; [person] n'être bon à rien
to be (of) no use to somebody — [object] ne pas servir à quelqu'un; [person] n'être d'aucune utilité à quelqu'un
2. [juːz]oh, what's the use? — oh, et puis à quoi bon?
transitive verb1) ( employ) se servir de, utiliser [object, car, room, money, tool]; employer, utiliser [method]; employer [word, expression]; profiter de, saisir [opportunity]; faire jouer [influence]; avoir recours à [blackmail, force, power]; utiliser [knowledge, talent]to use something/somebody as something — se servir de quelque chose/quelqu'un comme quelque chose
to use something for something/to do — se servir de or utiliser quelque chose pour quelque chose/pour faire
to be used for something/to do — servir à quelque chose/à faire, être utilisé pour quelque chose/pour faire
use your head ou loaf! — (colloq) fais marcher un peu ta cervelle! (colloq)
I could use (colloq) a drink! — j'aurais bien besoin d'un verre!
3) ( exploit) péj se servir de [person]4) ( take habitually) prendre [drugs]3.used past participle adjective [car] d'occasion; [crockery] salePhrasal Verbs:- use up -
32 Philosophy
And what I believe to be more important here is that I find in myself an infinity of ideas of certain things which cannot be assumed to be pure nothingness, even though they may have perhaps no existence outside of my thought. These things are not figments of my imagination, even though it is within my power to think of them or not to think of them; on the contrary, they have their own true and immutable natures. Thus, for example, when I imagine a triangle, even though there may perhaps be no such figure anywhere in the world outside of my thought, nor ever have been, nevertheless the figure cannot help having a certain determinate nature... or essence, which is immutable and eternal, which I have not invented and which does not in any way depend upon my mind. (Descartes, 1951, p. 61)Let us console ourselves for not knowing the possible connections between a spider and the rings of Saturn, and continue to examine what is within our reach. (Voltaire, 1961, p. 144)As modern physics started with the Newtonian revolution, so modern philosophy starts with what one might call the Cartesian Catastrophe. The catastrophe consisted in the splitting up of the world into the realms of matter and mind, and the identification of "mind" with conscious thinking. The result of this identification was the shallow rationalism of l'esprit Cartesien, and an impoverishment of psychology which it took three centuries to remedy even in part. (Koestler, 1964, p. 148)It has been made of late a reproach against natural philosophy that it has struck out on a path of its own, and has separated itself more and more widely from the other sciences which are united by common philological and historical studies. The opposition has, in fact, been long apparent, and seems to me to have grown up mainly under the influence of the Hegelian philosophy, or, at any rate, to have been brought out into more distinct relief by that philosophy.... The sole object of Kant's "Critical Philosophy" was to test the sources and the authority of our knowledge, and to fix a definite scope and standard for the researches of philosophy, as compared with other sciences.... [But Hegel's] "Philosophy of Identity" was bolder. It started with the hypothesis that not only spiritual phenomena, but even the actual world-nature, that is, and man-were the result of an act of thought on the part of a creative mind, similar, it was supposed, in kind to the human mind.... The philosophers accused the scientific men of narrowness; the scientific men retorted that the philosophers were crazy. And so it came about that men of science began to lay some stress on the banishment of all philosophic influences from their work; while some of them, including men of the greatest acuteness, went so far as to condemn philosophy altogether, not merely as useless, but as mischievous dreaming. Thus, it must be confessed, not only were the illegitimate pretensions of the Hegelian system to subordinate to itself all other studies rejected, but no regard was paid to the rightful claims of philosophy, that is, the criticism of the sources of cognition, and the definition of the functions of the intellect. (Helmholz, quoted in Dampier, 1966, pp. 291-292)Philosophy remains true to its classical tradition by renouncing it. (Habermas, 1972, p. 317)I have not attempted... to put forward any grand view of the nature of philosophy; nor do I have any such grand view to put forth if I would. It will be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the history of "howlers" and progress in philosophy as the debunking of howlers. It will also be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the enterprise of putting forward a priori truths about the world.... I see philosophy as a field which has certain central questions, for example, the relation between thought and reality.... It seems obvious that in dealing with these questions philosophers have formulated rival research programs, that they have put forward general hypotheses, and that philosophers within each major research program have modified their hypotheses by trial and error, even if they sometimes refuse to admit that that is what they are doing. To that extent philosophy is a "science." To argue about whether philosophy is a science in any more serious sense seems to me to be hardly a useful occupation.... It does not seem to me important to decide whether science is philosophy or philosophy is science as long as one has a conception of both that makes both essential to a responsible view of the world and of man's place in it. (Putnam, 1975, p. xvii)What can philosophy contribute to solving the problem of the relation [of] mind to body? Twenty years ago, many English-speaking philosophers would have answered: "Nothing beyond an analysis of the various mental concepts." If we seek knowledge of things, they thought, it is to science that we must turn. Philosophy can only cast light upon our concepts of those things.This retreat from things to concepts was not undertaken lightly. Ever since the seventeenth century, the great intellectual fact of our culture has been the incredible expansion of knowledge both in the natural and in the rational sciences (mathematics, logic).The success of science created a crisis in philosophy. What was there for philosophy to do? Hume had already perceived the problem in some degree, and so surely did Kant, but it was not until the twentieth century, with the Vienna Circle and with Wittgenstein, that the difficulty began to weigh heavily. Wittgenstein took the view that philosophy could do no more than strive to undo the intellectual knots it itself had tied, so achieving intellectual release, and even a certain illumination, but no knowledge. A little later, and more optimistically, Ryle saw a positive, if reduced role, for philosophy in mapping the "logical geography" of our concepts: how they stood to each other and how they were to be analyzed....Since that time, however, philosophers in the "analytic" tradition have swung back from Wittgensteinian and even Rylean pessimism to a more traditional conception of the proper role and tasks of philosophy. Many analytic philosophers now would accept the view that the central task of philosophy is to give an account, or at least play a part in giving an account, of the most general nature of things and of man. (Armstrong, 1990, pp. 37-38)8) Philosophy's Evolving Engagement with Artificial Intelligence and Cognitive ScienceIn the beginning, the nature of philosophy's engagement with artificial intelligence and cognitive science was clear enough. The new sciences of the mind were to provide the long-awaited vindication of the most potent dreams of naturalism and materialism. Mind would at last be located firmly within the natural order. We would see in detail how the most perplexing features of the mental realm could be supported by the operations of solely physical laws upon solely physical stuff. Mental causation (the power of, e.g., a belief to cause an action) would emerge as just another species of physical causation. Reasoning would be understood as a kind of automated theorem proving. And the key to both was to be the depiction of the brain as the implementation of multiple higher level programs whose task was to manipulate and transform symbols or representations: inner items with one foot in the physical (they were realized as brain states) and one in the mental (they were bearers of contents, and their physical gymnastics were cleverly designed to respect semantic relationships such as truth preservation). (A. Clark, 1996, p. 1)Socrates of Athens famously declared that "the unexamined life is not worth living," and his motto aptly explains the impulse to philosophize. Taking nothing for granted, philosophy probes and questions the fundamental presuppositions of every area of human inquiry.... [P]art of the job of the philosopher is to keep at a certain critical distance from current doctrines, whether in the sciences or the arts, and to examine instead how the various elements in our world-view clash, or fit together. Some philosophers have tried to incorporate the results of these inquiries into a grand synoptic view of the nature of reality and our human relationship to it. Others have mistrusted system-building, and seen their primary role as one of clarifications, or the removal of obstacles along the road to truth. But all have shared the Socratic vision of using the human intellect to challenge comfortable preconceptions, insisting that every aspect of human theory and practice be subjected to continuing critical scrutiny....Philosophy is, of course, part of a continuing tradition, and there is much to be gained from seeing how that tradition originated and developed. But the principal object of studying the materials in this book is not to pay homage to past genius, but to enrich one's understanding of central problems that are as pressing today as they have always been-problems about knowledge, truth and reality, the nature of the mind, the basis of right action, and the best way to live. These questions help to mark out the territory of philosophy as an academic discipline, but in a wider sense they define the human predicament itself; they will surely continue to be with us for as long as humanity endures. (Cottingham, 1996, pp. xxi-xxii)10) The Distinction between Dionysian Man and Apollonian Man, between Art and Creativity and Reason and Self- ControlIn his study of ancient Greek culture, The Birth of Tragedy, Nietzsche drew what would become a famous distinction, between the Dionysian spirit, the untamed spirit of art and creativity, and the Apollonian, that of reason and self-control. The story of Greek civilization, and all civilizations, Nietzsche implied, was the gradual victory of Apollonian man, with his desire for control over nature and himself, over Dionysian man, who survives only in myth, poetry, music, and drama. Socrates and Plato had attacked the illusions of art as unreal, and had overturned the delicate cultural balance by valuing only man's critical, rational, and controlling consciousness while denigrating his vital life instincts as irrational and base. The result of this division is "Alexandrian man," the civilized and accomplished Greek citizen of the later ancient world, who is "equipped with the greatest forces of knowledge" but in whom the wellsprings of creativity have dried up. (Herman, 1997, pp. 95-96)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Philosophy
-
33 Psychology
We come therefore now to that knowledge whereunto the ancient oracle directeth us, which is the knowledge of ourselves; which deserveth the more accurate handling, by how much it toucheth us more nearly. This knowledge, as it is the end and term of natural philosophy in the intention of man, so notwithstanding it is but a portion of natural philosophy in the continent of nature.... [W]e proceed to human philosophy or Humanity, which hath two parts: the one considereth man segregate, or distributively; the other congregate, or in society. So as Human philosophy is either Simple and Particular, or Conjugate and Civil. Humanity Particular consisteth of the same parts whereof man consisteth; that is, of knowledges which respect the Body, and of knowledges that respect the Mind... how the one discloseth the other and how the one worketh upon the other... [:] the one is honored with the inquiry of Aristotle, and the other of Hippocrates. (Bacon, 1878, pp. 236-237)The claims of Psychology to rank as a distinct science are... not smaller but greater than those of any other science. If its phenomena are contemplated objectively, merely as nervo-muscular adjustments by which the higher organisms from moment to moment adapt their actions to environing co-existences and sequences, its degree of specialty, even then, entitles it to a separate place. The moment the element of feeling, or consciousness, is used to interpret nervo-muscular adjustments as thus exhibited in the living beings around, objective Psychology acquires an additional, and quite exceptional, distinction. (Spencer, 1896, p. 141)Kant once declared that psychology was incapable of ever raising itself to the rank of an exact natural science. The reasons that he gives... have often been repeated in later times. In the first place, Kant says, psychology cannot become an exact science because mathematics is inapplicable to the phenomena of the internal sense; the pure internal perception, in which mental phenomena must be constructed,-time,-has but one dimension. In the second place, however, it cannot even become an experimental science, because in it the manifold of internal observation cannot be arbitrarily varied,-still less, another thinking subject be submitted to one's experiments, comformably to the end in view; moreover, the very fact of observation means alteration of the observed object. (Wundt, 1904, p. 6)It is [Gustav] Fechner's service to have found and followed the true way; to have shown us how a "mathematical psychology" may, within certain limits, be realized in practice.... He was the first to show how Herbart's idea of an "exact psychology" might be turned to practical account. (Wundt, 1904, pp. 6-7)"Mind," "intellect," "reason," "understanding," etc. are concepts... that existed before the advent of any scientific psychology. The fact that the naive consciousness always and everywhere points to internal experience as a special source of knowledge, may, therefore, be accepted for the moment as sufficient testimony to the rights of psychology as science.... "Mind," will accordingly be the subject, to which we attribute all the separate facts of internal observation as predicates. The subject itself is determined p. 17) wholly and exclusively by its predicates. (Wundt, 1904,The study of animal psychology may be approached from two different points of view. We may set out from the notion of a kind of comparative physiology of mind, a universal history of the development of mental life in the organic world. Or we may make human psychology the principal object of investigation. Then, the expressions of mental life in animals will be taken into account only so far as they throw light upon the evolution of consciousness in man.... Human psychology... may confine itself altogether to man, and generally has done so to far too great an extent. There are plenty of psychological text-books from which you would hardly gather that there was any other conscious life than the human. (Wundt, 1907, pp. 340-341)The Behaviorist began his own formulation of the problem of psychology by sweeping aside all medieval conceptions. He dropped from his scientific vocabulary all subjective terms such as sensation, perception, image, desire, purpose, and even thinking and emotion as they were subjectively defined. (Watson, 1930, pp. 5-6)According to the medieval classification of the sciences, psychology is merely a chapter of special physics, although the most important chapter; for man is a microcosm; he is the central figure of the universe. (deWulf, 1956, p. 125)At the beginning of this century the prevailing thesis in psychology was Associationism.... Behavior proceeded by the stream of associations: each association produced its successors, and acquired new attachments with the sensations arriving from the environment.In the first decade of the century a reaction developed to this doctrine through the work of the Wurzburg school. Rejecting the notion of a completely self-determining stream of associations, it introduced the task ( Aufgabe) as a necessary factor in describing the process of thinking. The task gave direction to thought. A noteworthy innovation of the Wurzburg school was the use of systematic introspection to shed light on the thinking process and the contents of consciousness. The result was a blend of mechanics and phenomenalism, which gave rise in turn to two divergent antitheses, Behaviorism and the Gestalt movement. The behavioristic reaction insisted that introspection was a highly unstable, subjective procedure.... Behaviorism reformulated the task of psychology as one of explaining the response of organisms as a function of the stimuli impinging upon them and measuring both objectively. However, Behaviorism accepted, and indeed reinforced, the mechanistic assumption that the connections between stimulus and response were formed and maintained as simple, determinate functions of the environment.The Gestalt reaction took an opposite turn. It rejected the mechanistic nature of the associationist doctrine but maintained the value of phenomenal observation. In many ways it continued the Wurzburg school's insistence that thinking was more than association-thinking has direction given to it by the task or by the set of the subject. Gestalt psychology elaborated this doctrine in genuinely new ways in terms of holistic principles of organization.Today psychology lives in a state of relatively stable tension between the poles of Behaviorism and Gestalt psychology.... (Newell & Simon, 1963, pp. 279-280)As I examine the fate of our oppositions, looking at those already in existence as guide to how they fare and shape the course of science, it seems to me that clarity is never achieved. Matters simply become muddier and muddier as we go down through time. Thus, far from providing the rungs of a ladder by which psychology gradually climbs to clarity, this form of conceptual structure leads rather to an ever increasing pile of issues, which we weary of or become diverted from, but never really settle. (Newell, 1973b, pp. 288-289)The subject matter of psychology is as old as reflection. Its broad practical aims are as dated as human societies. Human beings, in any period, have not been indifferent to the validity of their knowledge, unconcerned with the causes of their behavior or that of their prey and predators. Our distant ancestors, no less than we, wrestled with the problems of social organization, child rearing, competition, authority, individual differences, personal safety. Solving these problems required insights-no matter how untutored-into the psychological dimensions of life. Thus, if we are to follow the convention of treating psychology as a young discipline, we must have in mind something other than its subject matter. We must mean that it is young in the sense that physics was young at the time of Archimedes or in the sense that geometry was "founded" by Euclid and "fathered" by Thales. Sailing vessels were launched long before Archimedes discovered the laws of bouyancy [ sic], and pillars of identical circumference were constructed before anyone knew that C IID. We do not consider the ship builders and stone cutters of antiquity physicists and geometers. Nor were the ancient cave dwellers psychologists merely because they rewarded the good conduct of their children. The archives of folk wisdom contain a remarkable collection of achievements, but craft-no matter how perfected-is not science, nor is a litany of successful accidents a discipline. If psychology is young, it is young as a scientific discipline but it is far from clear that psychology has attained this status. (Robinson, 1986, p. 12)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Psychology
-
34 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
35 to
1.go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen
to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich
throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu
2) (towards a condition or quality) zu3) (as far as) bis zufrom London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh
increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen
with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand
5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu
it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut
6) introducing relationship or indirect objectto somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)
lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.
relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen
secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers
that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen
what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?
7) (until) bisto the end — bis zum Ende
five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht
8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zutoo young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten
to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren
he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder
he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es
2.she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
[tuː] adverb1) (just not shut)be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein
2)* * *1. [tə,tu] preposition1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu2. [tu:] adverb1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran•* * *to[tu:, tu, tə]I. PREPOSITION, nach + dat, zu + datshe walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadtthey go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur ArbeitI'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzertshe has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogenhe flew \to the US er flog in die USAshe's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesenmy first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrikathis is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achsefrom here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhofon the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum\to the north/south nördlich/südlichtwenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadtthe suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadtfrom place \to place von Ort zu Ort\to the right/left nach rechts/linksthere \to the right dort rechtshe's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian, in + datshe goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergartenhe goes \to university er geht auf die Universitätdo you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitnessan invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer HochzeitI've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladenshe took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladenshe pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizontto have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehenback \to front verkehrt herumthey were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wangeshe put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brustshe clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brusttie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun festthey fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand anstick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier7. (with indirect object)I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehengive that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehrchildren are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinanderwho's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihnthey made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde eina threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar seinto be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet seinto tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigenand what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechenthis is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategiea reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frageand what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüsselthe top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehörtshe has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein seinthere is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Untertonthere's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische SeiteI prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vorshe looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißigto be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein[to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnteto be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jdPaul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnenManchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen, zu + datI read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesenunemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegencount \to 20 zähle bis 20it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New Yorkhe converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetretenhis expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freudethe change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen Systemher promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterinthe meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitethe drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Todeshe nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegtsmashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagenshe was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahehe was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnigthe shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnetwe're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Endeand \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!16. (including)▪ from... \to... von... bis...from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Endefrom morning \to night von morgens bis abendsfront \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen SeitenI read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesenhe's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemachtfrom simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mordit's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs\to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunenmuch \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung\to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wolltethat outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gutif it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sindthis would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteildoes this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihnwhat's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmtenthey are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königineconomic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidentenshe was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Opheliahere's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!\to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmetI propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam ausa memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten23. (per)the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilenthree parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essigthe odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierstshe awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wachI like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit MusikI can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzenthe band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühnethirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leuteten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei27.▶ that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles▶ there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei1. (expressing future intention) zushe agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfenI'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssenI don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werdehe lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurdeI have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreisethe company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlenhe's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreibenI have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparierenBlair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bushto be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun2. (forming requests) zushe was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellenhe told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle wartenI asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufenwe asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklärenyou've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tunthat man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betretenyoung man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer3. (expressing wish) zuI need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essenI'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York lebenwould you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett seinI want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehenI need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilettedo you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren4. (omitting verb)are you going tonight? — I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehrwould you like to go and see the Russian clowns? — yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gerncan you drive? — yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gernit's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehenI was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagenhe's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachenshe's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr BabyI'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegenshe's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bistI'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu höreneasy \to use leicht zu bedienenlanguages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaßit is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissenthree months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu langI'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechenI'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffenshe's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangenmy second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machenthey have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügenI have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufensomething \to eat etwas zu essenthe first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat7. (expressing intent)we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen\to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommenI don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun sollI don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen sollshe was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen solltecan you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?9. (introducing clause)\to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen\to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden\to be honest um ehrlich zu sein10. (in consecutive acts) um zuhe looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßenshe reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Handthey turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden warIII. ADVERBinv zuto come \to zu sich dat kommenthey set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen* * *[tuː]1. PREPOSITION1) = in direction of, towards zuto go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen
to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen
to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren
to go to Switzerland —
to go to school to go to bed — zur Schule or in die Schule gehen ins or zu Bett gehen
he came up to where I was standing —
to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen
2) = as far as, until bisto count (up) to 20 —
3) = in in (+dat)I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien
4)= secure to
he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etcthey tied him to the tree —
5)to give sth to sb — jdm etw gebena present from me to you —
I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...
he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin
"To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten
6) in toasts auf (+acc)to drink to sb's health — auf jds Wohl (acc) trinken
7)= next to
with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstangeclose to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw
at right angles to the wall —
to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)
8) with expressions of time vorit was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen
9) = in relation to zuA is to B as C is to D —
they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen
one person to a room — eine Person pro Zimmer
11) MATH3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4
12)= concerning
what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30
13)= according to
to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen14)= accompanied by
to sing to the guitar —to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen
to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen
15)= of
ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich16)= producing
to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung17)to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tunI want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut
18)to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...19)infinitive expressing purpose, result
to eat/work to live —I did it to help you — ich tat es, um dir zu helfen
to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...
well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...
I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg
20)I don't want to — ich will nichtwe didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen
I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen
buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun
he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet
21)__diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazuI have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte
who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?
he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam
who was the last to see her? —
what is there to do here? —
now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun
you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen
is it good to eat? —
he's too old to be still in short trousers — er ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen
2. ADJECTIVEdoor (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu3. ADVERBto and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab
* * *toA präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]1. (Grundbedeutung) zu2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):go to London nach London fahren;from east to west von Osten nach Westen;throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen3. in (dat):have you ever been to London?4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:that is all there is to it das ist alles;a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); → assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etcthe score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):to the clouds bis an die Wolken;from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;a) betont:he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!b) unbetont:she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute MutterB partikel [tʊ; tə]to go gehen;easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienenI weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) willC adv [tuː]1. a) zu, geschlossen:pull the door to die Türe zuziehenb) angelehnt:3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:keep her to!4. to and froa) hin und her,b) auf und ab* * *1.[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] prepositiongo to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen
to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich
3) (as far as) bis zufrom London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh
increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen
4) (next to, facing)5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu
it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut
6) introducing relationship or indirect objectto somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)
lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.
relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen
to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach
7) (until) bisfive [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht
do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern
too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten
he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder
he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es
2.she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
[tuː] adverbbe to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein
2) -
36 ब्रह्मन् _brahman
ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.-2 A hymn of praise.-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.-8 Religious penance or austerities.-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.-13 Wealth.-14 Food.-15 A Brāhmaṇa.-16 Truth.-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.-3 A devout man.-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.-6 The sun.-7 Intellect.-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.-1 Of Śiva.-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.-2 N. of a forest.-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.-3 N. of a spell.-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.-आत्मभूः a horse.-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.-आहुतिः f.1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.-2 the study of the Vedas.-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).-उत्तर a.1 treating principally of Brahman.-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.-ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः orब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.-कर्मन् n.1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).-कल्पः an age of Brahman.-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.-गिरिः N. of a mountain.-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.-गोलः the universe.-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.-2 N. of a magical circle.-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.-2 religious study, self-restraint.-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.-चारिन् a.1 studying the Vedas.-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 of Skanda.-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.-जन्मन् n.1 spirtual birth.-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 of Viṣṇu.-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.-ज्योतिस् n.1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.-तेजस् n.1 the glory of Brahman.-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.-दारुः the mulberry tree.-दिनम् a day of Brahman.-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.-2 the body; Ch. Up.-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).-2 N. of Benares.-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.-2 the mulberry tree.-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.-भूतिः f. twilight.-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मेखलः the Munja plant.-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.-योनि a.1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f.1 original source in Brahman.-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.-रवः muttering of prayers.-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.-रात्रः early dawn.-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.-3 a particular constellation.-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.-लोकः the world of Brahman.-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.-वर्चस् n.,-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.-वर्धनम् copper.-वाच् f. the sacred text.-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.-वादिन् m.1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.-विद्, -विद a.1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.-2 the Udumbara tree.-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.-2 a command of Brahman.-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.-4 instruction about sacred duty.-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.-श्री N. of a Sāman.-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada.-सर्पः a kind of snake.-सवः distillation of Soma.-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.-2 a kind of Ketu.-सुवर्चला f.1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.-2 N. of the god of love.-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.-स्थानः the mulberry tree.-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). -
37 लॄ _lॄ
लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.-7 Peerless, matchless.-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.-1 True.-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 unity, a unit; Hch.-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.-अक्ष a.1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.-2 having one eye.-3 having an excellent eye.(-क्षः) 1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire.-अग्र a.1 fixed on one object or point only.-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.-3 unperplexed.-4 known, cele- brated.-5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.-2 sandal wood.-3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.-अञ्जलिः A handful.-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.-अण्डः a kind of horse.-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).-अनुदिष्ट a.1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.-अन्त a.1 solitary, retired.-2 aside, apart.-3 directed towards one point or object only.-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.-2 exclusiveness.-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever.-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.-अन्नम् one and the same food.(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.-अब्दा a heifer one year old.- अयन a.1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.-3 union of thoughts.-4 monotheism.-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.-अर्थ a.1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.-2 the same meaning.-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.- अवम a. inferior or less by one.- अवयव a. made up of the same components.-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.-आयु a.1 providing the most excellent food.-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.-आवलिः, -ली f.1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.-ओघः 1 a continuous current.-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.-कर a. (-री f.)1 doing only one thing.-2 (-रा) one-handed.-3 one-rayed.-कार्य a.1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.-2 answering the same end.-3 having the same occu- pation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business.-कालः 1 one time.-2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.-कालीन a.1 happening once only;-2 Contemporary, coeval.-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).-गम्यः the supreme spirit.-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village.-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.-चक्र a.1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.-2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.-चर a.1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.-2 having one attendant.-3 living un- assisted.-4 going together or at the same time.-5 gregarious.-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.- चरण a. having only one foot.-चारिन् a.1 living alone, solitary.-2 going alone or with one follower only.-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife.-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number.-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.-ज a.1 born alone or single.-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.-3 alone of its kind.-4 uniform, unchanging.-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.-जन्मन् m.1 a king.-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.-जाति a.1 once born.-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.-तीर्थिन् a.1 bathing in the same holy water.-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.-दण्डिन् m.1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.-2 N. of a Vedantic school.-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 a philosopher.-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.-देवः the Supreme god.-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.-देश a. occupying the same place.(-शः) 1 one spot or place.-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.-देह, -देहिन् a.1 having only one body.-2 elegantly formed.(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.-2 (du.) Husband and wife.-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.-2 honorific offering.-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.-2 professing the same religion.-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.1 fit for but one kind of labour.-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.-नयनः The planet Venus.-नवतः ninety-first.-नवतिः f. ninety-one.-नाथ a. having one master.(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.-2 N. of an author.-नायकः N. of Śiva.-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.-निपातः A particle which is a single word.-निष्ठ a.1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).-2 intently fixed on one object.-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.-पक्ष a.1 of the same side or party, an associate.-2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.-पतिक a. having the same husband.-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)-पद्, -पाद् a.1 one-footed, limping, lame.-2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66-पद a.1 one-footed.-2 consisting of or named in one word.(-दम्) 1 a single step.-2 single or simple word.-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.-4 present time, same time;(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.-2 N. of Durgā.-3 a plant having one leaf only.-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.-पाणः a single wager.-पात a. happening at once, sudden.-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).-पतिन् a.1 sudden.-2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.-पाद a.1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.-2 using only one foot.(-दः) 1 one or single foot.-2 one and the same Pāda.-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.-पुत्र a. having only one son.-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.-प्रकार a. of the same kind.-प्रख्य a. singularly like.-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).-प्रस्थः a measure.-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.-भक्त a.1 serving one master only.-2 worshipping one deity.-3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.-भक्ति a.1 believing in one deity.-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only.-भाव a. of the same or one nature.-2 sincerely devoted.-3 honest, sincerely disposed.(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्-भूत a.1 being one, undivided-2 concentrated, closely attentive.-भूमः a palace having one floor.-भोजन, -भुक्त a.1 eating but one meal.-2 eating in common.-मति a.1 fixed on one object.-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.-मात्र a. of one syllable.-मुख a.1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.-2 having the same aim.-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).(-खम्) 1 gambling.-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.-मूला = अतसी q. v.-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.-योनि a.1 uterine.-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.-रस a.1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.-रूप a.1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.-2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.-वचनम् the singular number.-वर्ण a.1 of one colour.-2 identical, same.-3 of one tribe or caste.-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).(-र्णः) 1 one form.-2 a Brāhmaṇa.-3 a word of one syllable.-4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.-वर्णिक a.1 of one colour.-2 of one caste.-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment.-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.-वाचक a. Synonymous.-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.-वारम्, -वारे ind.1 only once.-2 at once, suddenly.-3 at one time.-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.-वासा A woman; Nigh.-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.-विंशतिः f. twentyone.-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.-विध a. of one kind; simple.-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.-वृक्षः 1 one tree.-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.-वृत f. heaven.-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.-2 one heap or collection.-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.-शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.-शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.-शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.-शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 a class of Pitṛis.-4 a mountain having one top.-शेपः a tree having one root.-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.-श्रुतिः f.1 monotony.-2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.-षष्ट a. sixty-first.-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.-सभम् a common place of meeting.-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration.-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.-स्थ a.1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.-2 close-standing, standing side by side.-3 collected, combined.-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. -
38 aprendizaje
m.1 learning.el aprendizaje de idiomas language learning2 apprenticeship.* * *1 (situación) apprenticeship2 (tiempo) training period3 (en pedagogía) learning* * *noun m.* * *SM1) [industrial etc] apprenticeship; (Com etc) training period, internship (EEUU)pagar su aprendizaje — * to learn the hard way
2) (=el aprender) learning* * *a) ( proceso) learningb) ( período como aprendiz) apprenticeship, training periodhacer el aprendizaje — to serve one's apprenticeship o one's training period
* * *= learning.Ex. It is the responsibility of educators to stretch their student's intellects, hone their skills of intuitive judgment and synthesis, and build a love of learning that will sustain them beyond the level of formal education.----* aprendizaje a distancia = distance learning, open learning.* aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.* aprendizaje asistido por ordenador (CAL) = computer-assisted learning (CAL).* aprendizaje a través de Internet = virtual learning.* aprendizaje a través de la experiencia = experiential learning.* aprendizaje a través de la red = electronic learning [e-learning].* aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.* aprendizaje a través de solución de problemas = problem based learning.* aprendizaje basado en la memorización = rote learning.* aprendizaje de la máquina = machine learning (ML).* aprendizaje de un oficio = apprenticeship.* aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.* aprendizaje en línea = online learning.* aprendizaje permanente = lifelong learning.* aprendizaje pobre en conocimiento = knowledge-sparse learning.* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).* aprendizaje práctico = experiential learning.* aprendizaje rico en conocimiento = knowledge-rich learning.* aprendizaje virtual = electronic learning [e-learning], virtual learning.* autoaprendizaje = self-education.* buen ritmo de aprendizaje = learning curve.* centro de recursos para el aprendizaje (CRA) = learning hub, learning resource centre (LRC).* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.* curva de aprendizaje = learning curve.* deficiencias en el aprendizaje = learning disability.* dificultades de aprendizaje = learning difficulties.* discapacidad de aprendizaje = learning disability.* estilo de aprendizaje = learning style.* manual de aprendizaje = instruction book.* método de aprendizaje = learning style, learning method.* modo de aprendizaje = learning style.* momento apropiado para el aprendizaje, el = teachable moment, the.* objetivo de aprendizaje = learning objective, learning outcome.* objeto de aprendizaje = learning object.* oportunidad de aprendizaje = learning experience.* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.* proceso de aprendizaje = learning process.* programa para el aprendizaje de idiomas = language-learning sofware.* resultado de aprendizaje = learning outcome.* sesión de aprendizaje = instructional session.* software para el aprendizaje de idiomas = language-learning sofware.* tarea de aprendizaje = learning activity, learning task.* * *a) ( proceso) learningb) ( período como aprendiz) apprenticeship, training periodhacer el aprendizaje — to serve one's apprenticeship o one's training period
* * *= learning.Ex: It is the responsibility of educators to stretch their student's intellects, hone their skills of intuitive judgment and synthesis, and build a love of learning that will sustain them beyond the level of formal education.
* aprendizaje a distancia = distance learning, open learning.* aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.* aprendizaje asistido por ordenador (CAL) = computer-assisted learning (CAL).* aprendizaje a través de Internet = virtual learning.* aprendizaje a través de la experiencia = experiential learning.* aprendizaje a través de la red = electronic learning [e-learning].* aprendizaje a través de medios electrónicos = online learning.* aprendizaje a través de solución de problemas = problem based learning.* aprendizaje basado en la memorización = rote learning.* aprendizaje de la máquina = machine learning (ML).* aprendizaje de un oficio = apprenticeship.* aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.* aprendizaje en línea = online learning.* aprendizaje permanente = lifelong learning.* aprendizaje pobre en conocimiento = knowledge-sparse learning.* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).* aprendizaje práctico = experiential learning.* aprendizaje rico en conocimiento = knowledge-rich learning.* aprendizaje virtual = electronic learning [e-learning], virtual learning.* autoaprendizaje = self-education.* buen ritmo de aprendizaje = learning curve.* centro de recursos para el aprendizaje (CRA) = learning hub, learning resource centre (LRC).* con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.* curva de aprendizaje = learning curve.* deficiencias en el aprendizaje = learning disability.* dificultades de aprendizaje = learning difficulties.* discapacidad de aprendizaje = learning disability.* estilo de aprendizaje = learning style.* manual de aprendizaje = instruction book.* método de aprendizaje = learning style, learning method.* modo de aprendizaje = learning style.* momento apropiado para el aprendizaje, el = teachable moment, the.* objetivo de aprendizaje = learning objective, learning outcome.* objeto de aprendizaje = learning object.* oportunidad de aprendizaje = learning experience.* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.* proceso de aprendizaje = learning process.* programa para el aprendizaje de idiomas = language-learning sofware.* resultado de aprendizaje = learning outcome.* sesión de aprendizaje = instructional session.* software para el aprendizaje de idiomas = language-learning sofware.* tarea de aprendizaje = learning activity, learning task.* * *1 (proceso) learningel aprendizaje de una lengua extranjera learning a foreign language2 (período como aprendiz) apprenticeship, training periodhacer el aprendizaje to serve one's apprenticeship o one's training periodCompuestos:( AmL) computer-assisted or computer-aided learning, CAL( Esp) computer-assisted or computer-aided learning, CAL* * *
aprendizaje sustantivo masculino
aprendizaje sustantivo masculino
1 learning
2 (como aprendiz) apprenticeship, traineeship
' aprendizaje' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
fase
- milicia
- práctica
English:
ABC
- apprenticeship
- internship
- learning
- monitor
- serve
- L
- learner
* * *aprendizaje nm1. [adquisición de conocimientos] learning;el aprendizaje de un oficio learning a tradeaprendizaje de idiomas language learning2. [para trabajo] apprenticeship* * *m1 apprenticeship;puesto oplaza de aprendizaje apprenticeship2:capacidad de aprendizaje ability to learn* * *aprendizaje nm: apprenticeship* * *aprendizaje n (proceso) learning -
39 ब्रह्मन्
bráhmann. (lit. « growth», « expansion», « evolution», « development», « swelling of the spirit orﾠ soul», fr. 2. bṛih) pious effusion orﾠ utterance, outpouring of the heart in worshipping the gods, prayer RV. AV. VS. TS. ;
the sacred word (as opp. to vāc, the word of man), the Veda, a sacred text, a text orﾠ Mantra used as a spell (forming a distinct class from the ṛicas, sāmāni andﾠ yajūṉshi;
cf. brahma-veda) RV. AV. Br. Mn. Pur. ;
the Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda Mn. IV, 100 ;
the sacred syllable Om Prab. Sch., (cf. Mn. II, 83);
religious orﾠ spiritual knowledge (opp. to religious observances andﾠ bodily mortification such as tapas etc.) AV. Br. Mn. R. ;
holy life (esp. continence, chastity;
cf. brahma-carya) Ṡak. I, 24/25 Ṡaṃk. Sarvad. ;
(exceptionally treated as m.) the Brahmǎ orﾠ one selfexistent impersonal Spirit., the one universal Soul
( orﾠ one divine essence andﾠ source from which all created things emanate orﾠ with which they are identified andﾠ to which they return),
the Self-existent, the Absolute, the Eternal (not generally an object of worship but rather of meditation andﾠ-knowledge;
alsoﾠ with jyéshṭha, prathama-já, svayóm-bhu, a-mūrta, para, paratara, parama, mahat, sanātana, ṡāṡvata;
andﾠ = paramâ̱tman, ātman, adhyātma, pradhāna, kshetra-jña, tattva) AV. ṠBr. Mn. MBh. etc.. (IW. 9, 83 etc..) ;
n. the class of men who are the repositories andﾠ communicators of sacred knowledge, the Brāhmanical caste as a body (rarely an individual Brāhman) AV. TS. VS. ṠBr. Mn. BhP. ;
food Naigh. II, 7 ;
wealth ib. 10 ;
final emancipation L. ;
m. ( brahmán), one who Prays, a devot orﾠ religious man, a Brāhman who is a knower of Vedic texts orﾠ spells, one versed in sacred knowledge RV. etc. etc.
<cf. Lat., flāmen>;
N. of Bṛihas-pati (as the priest of the gods) RV. X, 141, 3 ;
one of the 4 principal priests orﾠ Ṛitvijas (the other three being the Hotṛi, Adhvaryu andﾠ Udgātṛi;
the Brahman was the most learned of them andﾠ was required to know the 3 Vedas, to supervise the, sacrifice andﾠ to set right mistakes;
at a later period his functions were based especially on the Atharva-veda) RV. etc. etc.;
Brahmā. orﾠ the one impersonal universal Spirit. manifested as a personal Creator andﾠ as the first of the triad of personal gods (= prajā-pati q.v.;
he never appears to have become an object of general worship, though he has two temples in India seeﾠ RTL. 555 etc.. ;
his wife is Sarasvatī ib. 48) TBr. etc. etc.;
= brahmaṇaāyuḥ, a lifetime of Brahmā. Pañcar. ;
an inhabitant of Brahmā. 's heaven Jātakam. ;
the sun L. ;
N. of Ṡiva Prab. Sch. ;
the Veda (?) PārGṛ. ;
the intellect (= buddhi) Tattvas. ;
N. of a star, δ Aurigae, Sūryat.;
a partic. astron. Yoga L. ;
N. of the 9th Muhūrta L. ;
(with Jainas) a partic. Kalpa Dharmaṡ. ;
N. of the servant of the 10th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇi L. ;
of a magician Rājat.
-
40 Language
Philosophy is written in that great book, the universe, which is always open, right before our eyes. But one cannot understand this book without first learning to understand the language and to know the characters in which it is written. It is written in the language of mathematics, and the characters are triangles, circles, and other figures. Without these, one cannot understand a single word of it, and just wanders in a dark labyrinth. (Galileo, 1990, p. 232)It never happens that it [a nonhuman animal] arranges its speech in various ways in order to reply appropriately to everything that may be said in its presence, as even the lowest type of man can do. (Descartes, 1970a, p. 116)It is a very remarkable fact that there are none so depraved and stupid, without even excepting idiots, that they cannot arrange different words together, forming of them a statement by which they make known their thoughts; while, on the other hand, there is no other animal, however perfect and fortunately circumstanced it may be, which can do the same. (Descartes, 1967, p. 116)Human beings do not live in the object world alone, nor alone in the world of social activity as ordinarily understood, but are very much at the mercy of the particular language which has become the medium of expression for their society. It is quite an illusion to imagine that one adjusts to reality essentially without the use of language and that language is merely an incidental means of solving specific problems of communication or reflection. The fact of the matter is that the "real world" is to a large extent unconsciously built on the language habits of the group.... We see and hear and otherwise experience very largely as we do because the language habits of our community predispose certain choices of interpretation. (Sapir, 1921, p. 75)It powerfully conditions all our thinking about social problems and processes.... No two languages are ever sufficiently similar to be considered as representing the same social reality. The worlds in which different societies live are distinct worlds, not merely the same worlds with different labels attached. (Sapir, 1985, p. 162)[A list of language games, not meant to be exhaustive:]Giving orders, and obeying them- Describing the appearance of an object, or giving its measurements- Constructing an object from a description (a drawing)Reporting an eventSpeculating about an eventForming and testing a hypothesisPresenting the results of an experiment in tables and diagramsMaking up a story; and reading itPlay actingSinging catchesGuessing riddlesMaking a joke; and telling itSolving a problem in practical arithmeticTranslating from one language into anotherLANGUAGE Asking, thanking, cursing, greeting, and praying-. (Wittgenstein, 1953, Pt. I, No. 23, pp. 11 e-12 e)We dissect nature along lines laid down by our native languages.... The world is presented in a kaleidoscopic flux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... No individual is free to describe nature with absolute impartiality but is constrained to certain modes of interpretation even while he thinks himself most free. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 153, 213-214)We dissect nature along the lines laid down by our native languages.The categories and types that we isolate from the world of phenomena we do not find there because they stare every observer in the face; on the contrary, the world is presented in a kaleidoscopic flux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... We are thus introduced to a new principle of relativity, which holds that all observers are not led by the same physical evidence to the same picture of the universe, unless their linguistic backgrounds are similar or can in some way be calibrated. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 213-214)9) The Forms of a Person's Thoughts Are Controlled by Unperceived Patterns of His Own LanguageThe forms of a person's thoughts are controlled by inexorable laws of pattern of which he is unconscious. These patterns are the unperceived intricate systematizations of his own language-shown readily enough by a candid comparison and contrast with other languages, especially those of a different linguistic family. (Whorf, 1956, p. 252)It has come to be commonly held that many utterances which look like statements are either not intended at all, or only intended in part, to record or impart straightforward information about the facts.... Many traditional philosophical perplexities have arisen through a mistake-the mistake of taking as straightforward statements of fact utterances which are either (in interesting non-grammatical ways) nonsensical or else intended as something quite different. (Austin, 1962, pp. 2-3)In general, one might define a complex of semantic components connected by logical constants as a concept. The dictionary of a language is then a system of concepts in which a phonological form and certain syntactic and morphological characteristics are assigned to each concept. This system of concepts is structured by several types of relations. It is supplemented, furthermore, by redundancy or implicational rules..., representing general properties of the whole system of concepts.... At least a relevant part of these general rules is not bound to particular languages, but represents presumably universal structures of natural languages. They are not learned, but are rather a part of the human ability to acquire an arbitrary natural language. (Bierwisch, 1970, pp. 171-172)In studying the evolution of mind, we cannot guess to what extent there are physically possible alternatives to, say, transformational generative grammar, for an organism meeting certain other physical conditions characteristic of humans. Conceivably, there are none-or very few-in which case talk about evolution of the language capacity is beside the point. (Chomsky, 1972, p. 98)[It is] truth value rather than syntactic well-formedness that chiefly governs explicit verbal reinforcement by parents-which renders mildly paradoxical the fact that the usual product of such a training schedule is an adult whose speech is highly grammatical but not notably truthful. (R. O. Brown, 1973, p. 330)he conceptual base is responsible for formally representing the concepts underlying an utterance.... A given word in a language may or may not have one or more concepts underlying it.... On the sentential level, the utterances of a given language are encoded within a syntactic structure of that language. The basic construction of the sentential level is the sentence.The next highest level... is the conceptual level. We call the basic construction of this level the conceptualization. A conceptualization consists of concepts and certain relations among those concepts. We can consider that both levels exist at the same point in time and that for any unit on one level, some corresponding realizate exists on the other level. This realizate may be null or extremely complex.... Conceptualizations may relate to other conceptualizations by nesting or other specified relationships. (Schank, 1973, pp. 191-192)The mathematics of multi-dimensional interactive spaces and lattices, the projection of "computer behavior" on to possible models of cerebral functions, the theoretical and mechanical investigation of artificial intelligence, are producing a stream of sophisticated, often suggestive ideas.But it is, I believe, fair to say that nothing put forward until now in either theoretic design or mechanical mimicry comes even remotely in reach of the most rudimentary linguistic realities. (Steiner, 1975, p. 284)The step from the simple tool to the master tool, a tool to make tools (what we would now call a machine tool), seems to me indeed to parallel the final step to human language, which I call reconstitution. It expresses in a practical and social context the same understanding of hierarchy, and shows the same analysis by function as a basis for synthesis. (Bronowski, 1977, pp. 127-128)t is the language donn eґ in which we conduct our lives.... We have no other. And the danger is that formal linguistic models, in their loosely argued analogy with the axiomatic structure of the mathematical sciences, may block perception.... It is quite conceivable that, in language, continuous induction from simple, elemental units to more complex, realistic forms is not justified. The extent and formal "undecidability" of context-and every linguistic particle above the level of the phoneme is context-bound-may make it impossible, except in the most abstract, meta-linguistic sense, to pass from "pro-verbs," "kernals," or "deep deep structures" to actual speech. (Steiner, 1975, pp. 111-113)A higher-level formal language is an abstract machine. (Weizenbaum, 1976, p. 113)Jakobson sees metaphor and metonymy as the characteristic modes of binarily opposed polarities which between them underpin the two-fold process of selection and combination by which linguistic signs are formed.... Thus messages are constructed, as Saussure said, by a combination of a "horizontal" movement, which combines words together, and a "vertical" movement, which selects the particular words from the available inventory or "inner storehouse" of the language. The combinative (or syntagmatic) process manifests itself in contiguity (one word being placed next to another) and its mode is metonymic. The selective (or associative) process manifests itself in similarity (one word or concept being "like" another) and its mode is metaphoric. The "opposition" of metaphor and metonymy therefore may be said to represent in effect the essence of the total opposition between the synchronic mode of language (its immediate, coexistent, "vertical" relationships) and its diachronic mode (its sequential, successive, lineal progressive relationships). (Hawkes, 1977, pp. 77-78)It is striking that the layered structure that man has given to language constantly reappears in his analyses of nature. (Bronowski, 1977, p. 121)First, [an ideal intertheoretic reduction] provides us with a set of rules"correspondence rules" or "bridge laws," as the standard vernacular has it-which effect a mapping of the terms of the old theory (T o) onto a subset of the expressions of the new or reducing theory (T n). These rules guide the application of those selected expressions of T n in the following way: we are free to make singular applications of their correspondencerule doppelgangers in T o....Second, and equally important, a successful reduction ideally has the outcome that, under the term mapping effected by the correspondence rules, the central principles of T o (those of semantic and systematic importance) are mapped onto general sentences of T n that are theorems of Tn. (P. Churchland, 1979, p. 81)If non-linguistic factors must be included in grammar: beliefs, attitudes, etc. [this would] amount to a rejection of the initial idealization of language as an object of study. A priori such a move cannot be ruled out, but it must be empirically motivated. If it proves to be correct, I would conclude that language is a chaos that is not worth studying.... Note that the question is not whether beliefs or attitudes, and so on, play a role in linguistic behavior and linguistic judgments... [but rather] whether distinct cognitive structures can be identified, which interact in the real use of language and linguistic judgments, the grammatical system being one of these. (Chomsky, 1979, pp. 140, 152-153)23) Language Is Inevitably Influenced by Specific Contexts of Human InteractionLanguage cannot be studied in isolation from the investigation of "rationality." It cannot afford to neglect our everyday assumptions concerning the total behavior of a reasonable person.... An integrational linguistics must recognize that human beings inhabit a communicational space which is not neatly compartmentalized into language and nonlanguage.... It renounces in advance the possibility of setting up systems of forms and meanings which will "account for" a central core of linguistic behavior irrespective of the situation and communicational purposes involved. (Harris, 1981, p. 165)By innate [linguistic knowledge], Chomsky simply means "genetically programmed." He does not literally think that children are born with language in their heads ready to be spoken. He merely claims that a "blueprint is there, which is brought into use when the child reaches a certain point in her general development. With the help of this blueprint, she analyzes the language she hears around her more readily than she would if she were totally unprepared for the strange gabbling sounds which emerge from human mouths. (Aitchison, 1987, p. 31)Looking at ourselves from the computer viewpoint, we cannot avoid seeing that natural language is our most important "programming language." This means that a vast portion of our knowledge and activity is, for us, best communicated and understood in our natural language.... One could say that natural language was our first great original artifact and, since, as we increasingly realize, languages are machines, so natural language, with our brains to run it, was our primal invention of the universal computer. One could say this except for the sneaking suspicion that language isn't something we invented but something we became, not something we constructed but something in which we created, and recreated, ourselves. (Leiber, 1991, p. 8)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Language
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Knowledge — • Knowledge, being a primitive fact of consciousness, cannot, strictly speaking, be defined; but the direct and spontaneous consciousness of knowing may be made clearer by pointing out its essential and distinctive characteristics Catholic… … Catholic encyclopedia
Object-oriented ontology — (OOO) is a metaphysical movement that rejects the privileging of human existence over the existence of nonhuman objects.[1] Specifically, object oriented ontology opposes the anthropocentrism of Immanuel Kant s Copernican Revolution, whereby… … Wikipedia
Knowledge-based engineering — (KBE) is a discipline with roots in computer aided design (CAD) and knowledge based systems but has several definitions and roles depending upon the context. An early role was support tool for a design engineer generally within the context of… … Wikipedia
Knowledge modeling — is a process of creating a computer interpretable model of knowledge or standard specifications about a kind of process and/or about a kind of facility or product. The resulting knowledge model can only be computer interpretable when it is… … Wikipedia
Knowledge Discovery Metamodel — (KDM) is publicly available specification from the Object Management Group (OMG). KDM is a common intermediate representation for existing software systems and their operating environments, that defines common metadata required for deep semantic… … Wikipedia
Object Management Group — Formation 1989 Headquarters Needham, Massachusetts Website … Wikipedia
Knowledge representation — is an area in artificial intelligence that is concerned with how to formally think , that is, how to use a symbol system to represent a domain of discourse that which can be talked about, along with functions that may or may not be within the… … Wikipedia
Knowledge Science — is the discipline of understanding the mechanics through which humans and software based machines know, learn, change, and adapt their own behaviors. Throughout recorded history, knowledge has been made explicit through symbols, text and graphics … Wikipedia
Knowledge Management — (KM) comprises a range of practices used by organisations to identify, create, represent, distribute and enable adoption of what it knows, and how it knows it. It has been an established discipline since 1995 [Stankosky, 2005] with a body of… … Wikipedia
Knowledge management — (KM) comprises a range of strategies and practices used in an organization to identify, create, represent, distribute, and enable adoption of insights and experiences. Such insights and experiences comprise knowledge, either embodied in… … Wikipedia
Knowledge engineering — (KE) has been defined by Feigenbaum, and McCorduck (1983) as follows: KE is an engineering discipline that involves integrating knowledge into computer systems in order to solve complex problems normally requiring a high level of human expertise … Wikipedia
